tamu_anova-0.2/0000777000156100017520000000000010625177137010525 500000000000000tamu_anova-0.2/README0000644000156100017520000000104310345076537011320 00000000000000TAMU ANOVA 0.1 README TAMU ANOVA is a GSL package for computing one and two way anova. To install the package follow the instructions in the INSTALL file. KNOWN ISSUES & BUGS ------------------- For two way unbalanced ANOVA fixed effects model calculated the F-statisic correctly, according to comercial software packages. There is some discrepancy with the mixed and random models as to how the F-statistic is computed and the computed value from TAMU& ANOVA will differ from comercial packages. Andrew Redd Krista Rister Elizabeth Young tamu_anova-0.2/configure.ac0000644000156100017520000000101410355010310012676 00000000000000dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. AC_INIT([tamu_anova],[0.2]) AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR(tamu_anova.h) AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([gnu no-dependencies]) AC_CONFIG_HEADER([config.h]) AC_PROG_MAKE_SET dnl Check for which system. AC_CANONICAL_HOST dnl Checks for programs. AC_LANG(C) AC_PROG_CC AC_PROG_RANLIB # Checks for header files. AC_HEADER_STDC AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdlib.h]) # Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics. AC_C_CONST AC_C_INLINE AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile) AC_OUTPUT tamu_anova-0.2/aclocal.m40000644000156100017520000004657010355011276012304 00000000000000# generated automatically by aclocal 1.9.5 -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, # 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. # Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION) # ---------------------------- # Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been # generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y. AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], [am__api_version="1.9"]) # AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION # ------------------------------- # Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so it can be traced. # This function is AC_REQUIREd by AC_INIT_AUTOMAKE. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], [AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.9.5])]) # AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets # $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to # `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'. # # Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a # tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and # therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative, # depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since # it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top # source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a # relative path needs to be adjusted first. # # $ac_aux_dir/missing # fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative # $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing # fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute, # fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with # a relative $ac_aux_dir # # The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir # are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually # harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you # start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir. # # So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing, # iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be: # am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"` # and then we would define $MISSING as # MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" # This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because # unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure. # However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in # configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir. # # Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an # absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a # configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration. AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND], [dnl Rely on autoconf to set up CDPATH properly. AC_PREREQ([2.50])dnl # expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` ]) # Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 12 # This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if # your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal. # AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE]) # AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS]) # ----------------------------------------------- # The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style # call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE # and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from # the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. # We support both call styles for the transition. After # the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT # arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf # release and drop the old call support. AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE], [AC_PREREQ([2.58])dnl dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow dnl the ones we care about. m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl # test to see if srcdir already configured if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" && test -f $srcdir/config.status; then AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first]) fi # test whether we have cygpath if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' else CYGPATH_W=echo fi fi AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W]) # Define the identity of the package. dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls. m4_ifval([$2], [m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])], [_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl _AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],, [AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])])dnl # Some tools Automake needs. AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal-${am__api_version}) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version}) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader) AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo) AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl # We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on # some platforms. AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl _AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])], [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])], [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])]) _AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],, [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)], [define([AC_PROG_CC], defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)], [define([AC_PROG_CXX], defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl ]) ]) # When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file. # This file resides in the same directory as the config header # that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names. # Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the # loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate # our stamp files there. AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK], [# Compute $1's index in $config_headers. _am_stamp_count=1 for _am_header in $config_headers :; do case $_am_header in $1 | $1:* ) break ;; * ) _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; esac done echo "timestamp for $1" >`AS_DIRNAME([$1])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count]) # Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH # ------------------ # Define $install_sh. AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl install_sh=${install_sh-"$am_aux_dir/install-sh"} AC_SUBST(install_sh)]) # Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 2 # Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames # with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT], [rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test -d .tst; then am__leading_dot=. else am__leading_dot=_ fi rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])]) # Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 4 # AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM) # ------------------------------ AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN]) $1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"} AC_SUBST($1)]) # AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN # ------------------ # Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run. # If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing. AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl test x"${MISSING+set}" = xset || MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" # Use eval to expand $SHELL if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " else am_missing_run= AC_MSG_WARN([`missing' script is too old or missing]) fi ]) # Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_PROG_MKDIR_P # --------------- # Check whether `mkdir -p' is supported, fallback to mkinstalldirs otherwise. # # Automake 1.8 used `mkdir -m 0755 -p --' to ensure that directories # created by `make install' are always world readable, even if the # installer happens to have an overly restrictive umask (e.g. 077). # This was a mistake. There are at least two reasons why we must not # use `-m 0755': # - it causes special bits like SGID to be ignored, # - it may be too restrictive (some setups expect 775 directories). # # Do not use -m 0755 and let people choose whatever they expect by # setting umask. # # We cannot accept any implementation of `mkdir' that recognizes `-p'. # Some implementations (such as Solaris 8's) are not thread-safe: if a # parallel make tries to run `mkdir -p a/b' and `mkdir -p a/c' # concurrently, both version can detect that a/ is missing, but only # one can create it and the other will error out. Consequently we # restrict ourselves to GNU make (using the --version option ensures # this.) AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P], [if mkdir -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -d ./--version; then # We used to keeping the `.' as first argument, in order to # allow $(mkdir_p) to be used without argument. As in # $(mkdir_p) $(somedir) # where $(somedir) is conditionally defined. However this is wrong # for two reasons: # 1. if the package is installed by a user who cannot write `.' # make install will fail, # 2. the above comment should most certainly read # $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(somedir) # so it does not work when $(somedir) is undefined and # $(DESTDIR) is not. # To support the latter case, we have to write # test -z "$(somedir)" || $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(somedir), # so the `.' trick is pointless. mkdir_p='mkdir -p --' else # On NextStep and OpenStep, the `mkdir' command does not # recognize any option. It will interpret all options as # directories to create, and then abort because `.' already # exists. for d in ./-p ./--version; do test -d $d && rmdir $d done # $(mkinstalldirs) is defined by Automake if mkinstalldirs exists. if test -f "$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"; then mkdir_p='$(mkinstalldirs)' else mkdir_p='$(install_sh) -d' fi fi AC_SUBST([mkdir_p])]) # Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 3 # _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME) # ----------------------- AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION], [[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) # _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME) # ------------------------------ # Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION], [m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)]) # _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS) # ---------------------------------- # OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS], [AC_FOREACH([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])]) # _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET]) # ------------------------------------------- # Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise. AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION], [m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])]) # Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 4 # AM_SANITY_CHECK # --------------- AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane]) # Just in case sleep 1 echo timestamp > conftest.file # Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftest.file 2> /dev/null` if test "$[*]" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftest.file` fi rm -f conftest.file if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment]) fi test "$[2]" = conftest.file ) then # Ok. : else AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock]) fi AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)]) # Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP # --------------------- # One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't # specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially # annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip # is unlikely to handle the host's binaries. # Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we # always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize # STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user). AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl # Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user # run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right # tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake # will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'. if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :) fi INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\${SHELL} \$(install_sh) -c -s" AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])]) # Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 2 # _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT) # -------------------- # Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT. # FORMAT should be one of `v7', `ustar', or `pax'. # # Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command # writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory # $tardir. # tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar # # Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such # a tarball read from stdin. # $(am__untar) < result.tar AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR], [# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. AM_MISSING_PROG([AMTAR], [tar]) m4_if([$1], [v7], [am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'], [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],, [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive]) # Loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works. _am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none' _am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools} # Do not fold the above two line into one, because Tru64 sh and # Solaris sh will not grok spaces in the rhs of `-'. for _am_tool in $_am_tools do case $_am_tool in gnutar) for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar; do AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break done am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"' am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"' am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -" ;; plaintar) # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create # ustar tarball either. (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"' am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"' am__untar='tar xf -' ;; pax) am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"' am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"' am__untar='pax -r' ;; cpio) am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d' ;; none) am__tar=false am__tar_=false am__untar=false ;; esac # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar # and am__untar set. test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar]) rm -rf conftest.dir if test -s conftest.tar; then AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar /dev/null 2>&1 && break fi done rm -rf conftest.dir AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])]) AC_SUBST([am__tar]) AC_SUBST([am__untar]) ]) # _AM_PROG_TAR tamu_anova-0.2/tamu_anova.h0000744000156100017520000000216310356752160012743 00000000000000#ifndef __TAMU_ANOVA_H #define __TAMU_ANOVA_H #undef __BEGIN_DECLS #undef __END_DECLS #ifdef __cplusplus # define __BEGIN_DECLS extern "C" { # define __END_DECLS } #else /* */ # define __BEGIN_DECLS # define __END_DECLS #endif /* */ __BEGIN_DECLS struct tamu_anova_table { long dfTr, dfE, dfT; double SSTr; double SSE; double SST; double MSTr; double MSE; double F; double p; }; struct tamu_anova_table tamu_anova (double data[], long factor[], long I, long J); struct tamu_anova_table_twoway { long dfA, dfB, dfAB, dfE, dfT; double SSA, MSA, FA, pA, SSB, MSB, FB, pB, SSAB, MSAB, FAB, pAB, SSE, MSE, SST; }; enum gsl_anova_twoway_types { anova_fixed, anova_random, anova_mixed }; struct tamu_anova_table_twoway tamu_anova_twoway (double data[], long factor[][2], long I, long J[2], enum gsl_anova_twoway_types type); void tamu_anova_printtable_twoway (struct tamu_anova_table_twoway t); void tamu_anova_printtable (struct tamu_anova_table t); __END_DECLS #endif /*__TAMU_ANOVA_H*/ tamu_anova-0.2/Makefile.am0000644000156100017520000000057510355011563012472 00000000000000inst_LIBRARIES = libtamuanova.a pkginclude_HEADERS = tamu_anova.h libtamuanova_a_SOURCES = anova_1.c anova_2.c instdir = /usr/lib/ TESTS = $(check_PROGRAMS) check_PROGRAMS = test test_LDADD = libtamuanova.a -lgsl -lgslcblas -lm test_SOURCES = test.c CLEANFILES = test.dat info_TEXINFOS = tamu_anova.texi tamu_anova_TEXINFOS = fdl.texi mathinclude.texi EXTRA_DIST = autogen.sh tamu_anova-0.2/Makefile.in0000644000156100017520000006553310355011566012513 00000000000000# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9.5 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ SOURCES = $(libtamuanova_a_SOURCES) $(test_SOURCES) srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ top_builddir = . am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd INSTALL = @INSTALL@ install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ check_PROGRAMS = test$(EXEEXT) DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(pkginclude_HEADERS) \ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \ $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(srcdir)/stamp-vti \ $(srcdir)/version-ref.texi $(tamu_anova_TEXINFOS) \ $(top_srcdir)/configure AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL NEWS \ config.guess config.sub depcomp install-sh ltmain.sh mdate-sh \ missing texinfo.tex subdir = . ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \ configure.lineno configure.status.lineno mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_HEADER = config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ *) f=$$p;; \ esac; am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(instdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" \ "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgincludedir)" instLIBRARIES_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_DATA) LIBRARIES = $(inst_LIBRARIES) AR = ar ARFLAGS = cru libtamuanova_a_AR = $(AR) $(ARFLAGS) libtamuanova_a_LIBADD = am_libtamuanova_a_OBJECTS = anova_1.$(OBJEXT) anova_2.$(OBJEXT) libtamuanova_a_OBJECTS = $(am_libtamuanova_a_OBJECTS) am_test_OBJECTS = test.$(OBJEXT) test_OBJECTS = $(am_test_OBJECTS) test_DEPENDENCIES = libtamuanova.a DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I. depcomp = am__depfiles_maybe = COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) CCLD = $(CC) LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ SOURCES = $(libtamuanova_a_SOURCES) $(test_SOURCES) DIST_SOURCES = $(libtamuanova_a_SOURCES) $(test_SOURCES) INFO_DEPS = $(srcdir)/tamu_anova.info am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR = $(srcdir) DVIS = tamu_anova.dvi PDFS = tamu_anova.pdf PSS = tamu_anova.ps HTMLS = tamu_anova.html TEXINFOS = tamu_anova.texi TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi TEXI2PDF = $(TEXI2DVI) --pdf --batch MAKEINFOHTML = $(MAKEINFO) --html AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS = $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) DVIPS = dvips pkgincludeHEADERS_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_HEADER) HEADERS = $(pkginclude_HEADERS) ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) top_distdir = $(distdir) am__remove_distdir = \ { test ! -d $(distdir) \ || { find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \ && rm -fr $(distdir); }; } DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz GZIP_ENV = --best distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ STRIP = @STRIP@ VERSION = @VERSION@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@ ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ datadir = @datadir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ inst_LIBRARIES = libtamuanova.a pkginclude_HEADERS = tamu_anova.h libtamuanova_a_SOURCES = anova_1.c anova_2.c instdir = /usr/lib/ TESTS = $(check_PROGRAMS) test_LDADD = libtamuanova.a -lgsl -lgslcblas -lm test_SOURCES = test.c CLEANFILES = test.dat info_TEXINFOS = tamu_anova.texi tamu_anova_TEXINFOS = fdl.texi mathinclude.texi EXTRA_DIST = autogen.sh all: config.h $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-am .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .dvi .html .info .o .obj .pdf .ps .texi am--refresh: @: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --ignore-deps'; \ cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --ignore-deps \ && exit 0; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --ignore-deps Makefile'; \ cd $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --ignore-deps Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \ $(SHELL) ./config.status;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck $(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps) cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF) $(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS) config.h: stamp-h1 @if test ! -f $@; then \ rm -f stamp-h1; \ $(MAKE) stamp-h1; \ else :; fi stamp-h1: $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @rm -f stamp-h1 cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status config.h $(srcdir)/config.h.in: $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER) rm -f stamp-h1 touch $@ distclean-hdr: -rm -f config.h stamp-h1 install-instLIBRARIES: $(inst_LIBRARIES) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(instdir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(instdir)" @list='$(inst_LIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \ if test -f $$p; then \ f=$(am__strip_dir) \ echo " $(instLIBRARIES_INSTALL) '$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(instdir)/$$f'"; \ $(instLIBRARIES_INSTALL) "$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(instdir)/$$f"; \ else :; fi; \ done @$(POST_INSTALL) @list='$(inst_LIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \ if test -f $$p; then \ p=$(am__strip_dir) \ echo " $(RANLIB) '$(DESTDIR)$(instdir)/$$p'"; \ $(RANLIB) "$(DESTDIR)$(instdir)/$$p"; \ else :; fi; \ done uninstall-instLIBRARIES: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(inst_LIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \ p=$(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(instdir)/$$p'"; \ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(instdir)/$$p"; \ done clean-instLIBRARIES: -test -z "$(inst_LIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(inst_LIBRARIES) libtamuanova.a: $(libtamuanova_a_OBJECTS) $(libtamuanova_a_DEPENDENCIES) -rm -f libtamuanova.a $(libtamuanova_a_AR) libtamuanova.a $(libtamuanova_a_OBJECTS) $(libtamuanova_a_LIBADD) $(RANLIB) libtamuanova.a clean-checkPROGRAMS: -test -z "$(check_PROGRAMS)" || rm -f $(check_PROGRAMS) test$(EXEEXT): $(test_OBJECTS) $(test_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f test$(EXEEXT) $(LINK) $(test_LDFLAGS) $(test_OBJECTS) $(test_LDADD) $(LIBS) mostlyclean-compile: -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) distclean-compile: -rm -f *.tab.c .c.o: $(COMPILE) -c $< .c.obj: $(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` .texi.info: restore=: && backupdir="$(am__leading_dot)am$$$$" && \ am__cwd=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) && \ rm -rf $$backupdir && mkdir $$backupdir && \ for f in $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9][0-9]; do \ if test -f $$f; then mv $$f $$backupdir; restore=mv; else :; fi; \ done; \ cd "$$am__cwd"; \ if $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) \ -o $@ $<; \ then \ rc=0; \ cd $(srcdir); \ else \ rc=$$?; \ cd $(srcdir) && \ $$restore $$backupdir/* `echo "./$@" | sed 's|[^/]*$$||'`; \ fi; \ rm -rf $$backupdir; exit $$rc .texi.dvi: TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \ $(TEXI2DVI) $< .texi.pdf: TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \ $(TEXI2PDF) $< .texi.html: rm -rf $(@:.html=.htp) if $(MAKEINFOHTML) $(AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) \ -o $(@:.html=.htp) $<; \ then \ rm -rf $@; \ if test ! -d $(@:.html=.htp) && test -d $(@:.html=); then \ mv $(@:.html=) $@; else mv $(@:.html=.htp) $@; fi; \ else \ if test ! -d $(@:.html=.htp) && test -d $(@:.html=); then \ rm -rf $(@:.html=); else rm -Rf $(@:.html=.htp) $@; fi; \ exit 1; \ fi $(srcdir)/tamu_anova.info: tamu_anova.texi $(srcdir)/version-ref.texi $(tamu_anova_TEXINFOS) tamu_anova.dvi: tamu_anova.texi $(srcdir)/version-ref.texi $(tamu_anova_TEXINFOS) tamu_anova.pdf: tamu_anova.texi $(srcdir)/version-ref.texi $(tamu_anova_TEXINFOS) tamu_anova.html: tamu_anova.texi $(srcdir)/version-ref.texi $(tamu_anova_TEXINFOS) $(srcdir)/version-ref.texi: $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/stamp-vti: tamu_anova.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure @(dir=.; test -f ./tamu_anova.texi || dir=$(srcdir); \ set `$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mdate-sh $$dir/tamu_anova.texi`; \ echo "@set UPDATED $$1 $$2 $$3"; \ echo "@set UPDATED-MONTH $$2 $$3"; \ echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)"; \ echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)") > vti.tmp @cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version-ref.texi \ || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/version-ref.texi"; \ cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version-ref.texi) -@rm -f vti.tmp @cp $(srcdir)/version-ref.texi $@ mostlyclean-vti: -rm -f vti.tmp maintainer-clean-vti: -rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version-ref.texi .dvi.ps: $(DVIPS) -o $@ $< uninstall-info-am: @$(PRE_UNINSTALL) @if (install-info --version && \ install-info --version 2>&1 | sed 1q | grep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for file in $$list; do \ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \ echo " install-info --info-dir='$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' --remove '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'"; \ install-info --info-dir="$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" --remove "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile"; \ done; \ else :; fi @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for file in $$list; do \ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \ relfile_i=`echo "$$relfile" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \ (if cd "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)"; then \ echo " cd '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' && rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9]"; \ rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9]; \ else :; fi); \ done dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for base in $$list; do \ case $$base in \ $(srcdir)/*) base=`echo "$$base" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ esac; \ if test -f $$base; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ for file in $$d/$$base*; do \ relfile=`expr "$$file" : "$$d/\(.*\)"`; \ test -f $(distdir)/$$relfile || \ cp -p $$file $(distdir)/$$relfile; \ done; \ done mostlyclean-aminfo: -rm -rf tamu_anova.aux tamu_anova.cp tamu_anova.cps tamu_anova.fn \ tamu_anova.fns tamu_anova.ky tamu_anova.kys tamu_anova.log \ tamu_anova.pg tamu_anova.pgs tamu_anova.tmp tamu_anova.toc \ tamu_anova.tp tamu_anova.tps tamu_anova.vr tamu_anova.vrs \ tamu_anova.dvi tamu_anova.pdf tamu_anova.ps tamu_anova.html maintainer-clean-aminfo: @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; for i in $$list; do \ i_i=`echo "$$i" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \ echo " rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]"; \ rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]; \ done install-pkgincludeHEADERS: $(pkginclude_HEADERS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(pkgincludedir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgincludedir)" @list='$(pkginclude_HEADERS)'; for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ f=$(am__strip_dir) \ echo " $(pkgincludeHEADERS_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgincludedir)/$$f'"; \ $(pkgincludeHEADERS_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgincludedir)/$$f"; \ done uninstall-pkgincludeHEADERS: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(pkginclude_HEADERS)'; for p in $$list; do \ f=$(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgincludedir)/$$f'"; \ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgincludedir)/$$f"; \ done ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ mkid -fID $$unique tags: TAGS TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) tags=; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.h.in $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$tags $$unique; \ fi ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) tags=; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.h.in $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$tags $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && cd $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags check-TESTS: $(TESTS) @failed=0; all=0; xfail=0; xpass=0; skip=0; \ srcdir=$(srcdir); export srcdir; \ list='$(TESTS)'; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ for tst in $$list; do \ if test -f ./$$tst; then dir=./; \ elif test -f $$tst; then dir=; \ else dir="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ if $(TESTS_ENVIRONMENT) $${dir}$$tst; then \ all=`expr $$all + 1`; \ case " $(XFAIL_TESTS) " in \ *" $$tst "*) \ xpass=`expr $$xpass + 1`; \ failed=`expr $$failed + 1`; \ echo "XPASS: $$tst"; \ ;; \ *) \ echo "PASS: $$tst"; \ ;; \ esac; \ elif test $$? -ne 77; then \ all=`expr $$all + 1`; \ case " $(XFAIL_TESTS) " in \ *" $$tst "*) \ xfail=`expr $$xfail + 1`; \ echo "XFAIL: $$tst"; \ ;; \ *) \ failed=`expr $$failed + 1`; \ echo "FAIL: $$tst"; \ ;; \ esac; \ else \ skip=`expr $$skip + 1`; \ echo "SKIP: $$tst"; \ fi; \ done; \ if test "$$failed" -eq 0; then \ if test "$$xfail" -eq 0; then \ banner="All $$all tests passed"; \ else \ banner="All $$all tests behaved as expected ($$xfail expected failures)"; \ fi; \ else \ if test "$$xpass" -eq 0; then \ banner="$$failed of $$all tests failed"; \ else \ banner="$$failed of $$all tests did not behave as expected ($$xpass unexpected passes)"; \ fi; \ fi; \ dashes="$$banner"; \ skipped=""; \ if test "$$skip" -ne 0; then \ skipped="($$skip tests were not run)"; \ test `echo "$$skipped" | wc -c` -le `echo "$$banner" | wc -c` || \ dashes="$$skipped"; \ fi; \ report=""; \ if test "$$failed" -ne 0 && test -n "$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)"; then \ report="Please report to $(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)"; \ test `echo "$$report" | wc -c` -le `echo "$$banner" | wc -c` || \ dashes="$$report"; \ fi; \ dashes=`echo "$$dashes" | sed s/./=/g`; \ echo "$$dashes"; \ echo "$$banner"; \ test -z "$$skipped" || echo "$$skipped"; \ test -z "$$report" || echo "$$report"; \ echo "$$dashes"; \ test "$$failed" -eq 0; \ else :; fi distdir: $(DISTFILES) $(am__remove_distdir) mkdir $(distdir) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \ case $$file in \ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \ esac; \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \ dir="/$$dir"; \ $(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \ else \ dir=''; \ fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ fi; \ cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ else \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \ dist-info -find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -777 -exec chmod a+rwx {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(SHELL) $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \ || chmod -R a+r $(distdir) dist-gzip: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz $(am__remove_distdir) dist-bzip2: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2 $(am__remove_distdir) dist-tarZ: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z $(am__remove_distdir) dist-shar: distdir shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz $(am__remove_distdir) dist-zip: distdir -rm -f $(distdir).zip zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir) $(am__remove_distdir) dist dist-all: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz $(am__remove_distdir) # This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then # it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another # tarfile. distcheck: dist case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \ *.tar.gz*) \ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.bz2*) \ bunzip2 -c $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.Z*) \ uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.shar.gz*) \ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\ *.zip*) \ unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\ esac chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir) mkdir $(distdir)/_build mkdir $(distdir)/_inst chmod a-w $(distdir) dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \ && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \ && cd $(distdir)/_build \ && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \ $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \ distuninstallcheck \ && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \ && ({ \ (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \ distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \ } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \ && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \ && rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck $(am__remove_distdir) @(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \ list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \ sed -e '1{h;s/./=/g;p;x;}' -e '$${p;x;}' distuninstallcheck: @cd $(distuninstallcheck_dir) \ && test `$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -le 1 \ || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \ if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \ echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \ fi ; \ $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \ exit 1; } >&2 distcleancheck: distclean @if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \ echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \ exit 1 ; \ fi @test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \ || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \ $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \ exit 1; } >&2 check-am: all-am $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(check_PROGRAMS) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check-TESTS check: check-am all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS) $(LIBRARIES) $(HEADERS) config.h installdirs: for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(instdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgincludedir)"; do \ test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \ done install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-checkPROGRAMS clean-generic clean-instLIBRARIES \ mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \ distclean-hdr distclean-tags dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: $(DVIS) html: html-am html-am: $(HTMLS) info: info-am info-am: $(INFO_DEPS) install-data-am: install-info-am install-instLIBRARIES \ install-pkgincludeHEADERS install-exec-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(infodir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for file in $$list; do \ case $$file in \ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ esac; \ if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ file_i=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \ for ifile in $$d/$$file $$d/$$file-[0-9] $$d/$$file-[0-9][0-9] \ $$d/$$file_i[0-9] $$d/$$file_i[0-9][0-9] ; do \ if test -f $$ifile; then \ relfile=`echo "$$ifile" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$ifile' '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$ifile" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile"; \ else : ; fi; \ done; \ done @$(POST_INSTALL) @if (install-info --version && \ install-info --version 2>&1 | sed 1q | grep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for file in $$list; do \ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \ echo " install-info --info-dir='$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'";\ install-info --info-dir="$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile" || :;\ done; \ else : ; fi install-man: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) -rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-aminfo \ maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-vti mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-compile \ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-vti pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: $(PDFS) ps: ps-am ps-am: $(PSS) uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-instLIBRARIES \ uninstall-pkgincludeHEADERS .PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am am--refresh check check-TESTS check-am \ clean clean-checkPROGRAMS clean-generic clean-instLIBRARIES \ ctags dist dist-all dist-bzip2 dist-gzip dist-info dist-shar \ dist-tarZ dist-zip distcheck distclean distclean-compile \ distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-tags distcleancheck \ distdir distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html html-am info \ info-am install install-am install-data install-data-am \ install-exec install-exec-am install-info install-info-am \ install-instLIBRARIES install-man install-pkgincludeHEADERS \ install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-aminfo \ maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-vti mostlyclean \ mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \ mostlyclean-vti pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags uninstall \ uninstall-am uninstall-info-am uninstall-instLIBRARIES \ uninstall-pkgincludeHEADERS # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: tamu_anova-0.2/config.h.in0000644000156100017520000000314010355011305012442 00000000000000/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */ /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_MEMORY_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDINT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDLIB_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRINGS_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRING_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H /* Name of package */ #undef PACKAGE /* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ #undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT /* Define to the full name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME /* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING /* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME /* Define to the version of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_VERSION /* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ #undef STDC_HEADERS /* Version number of package */ #undef VERSION /* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */ #undef const /* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */ #ifndef __cplusplus #undef inline #endif tamu_anova-0.2/stamp-vti0000644000156100017520000000014110355017053012272 00000000000000@set UPDATED 29 December 2005 @set UPDATED-MONTH December 2005 @set EDITION 0.2 @set VERSION 0.2 tamu_anova-0.2/version-ref.texi0000644000156100017520000000014310625173205013561 00000000000000@set UPDATED 29 December 2005 @set UPDATED-MONTH December 2005 @set EDITION 0.2 @set VERSION 0.2.1 tamu_anova-0.2/fdl.texi0000644000156100017520000005065410336254076012110 00000000000000@cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License @center Version 1.2, November 2002 @display Copyright @copyright{} 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. @end display @enumerate 0 @item PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. @item APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law. A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none. The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''. Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain @sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input format, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available @acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML}, PostScript or @acronym{PDF} designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include @acronym{PNG}, @acronym{XCF} and @acronym{JPG}. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} for which the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML}, PostScript or @acronym{PDF} produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'', ``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the Title'' of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition. The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License. @item VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. @item COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. @item MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: @enumerate A @item Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. @item List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you from this requirement. @item State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. @item Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. @item Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. @item Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. @item Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. @item Include an unaltered copy of this License. @item Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. @item Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. @item For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. @item Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. @item Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. @item Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. @item Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. @end enumerate If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. @item COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History'' in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled ``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'', and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all sections Entitled ``Endorsements.'' @item COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. @item AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate. @item TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'', ``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual title. @item TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. @item FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See @uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}. Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. @end enumerate @unnumberedsubsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page: @smallexample @group Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{your name}. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. @end group @end smallexample If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the ``with...Texts.'' line with this: @smallexample @group with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts being @var{list}. @end group @end smallexample If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software. @c Local Variables: @c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict" @c End: tamu_anova-0.2/mathinclude.texi0000644000156100017520000000531010336253712013621 00000000000000@c How to use the math macros @c ========================== @c @c For simple expressions, simply use the @math{} command, e.g. @c @c @math{\exp(x)/(1+x^2)} @c @c but if the expression includes characters that need to be 'escaped' @c in texinfo, like '{' or '}', or needs different output for TeX and info, @c then use the following form, @c @c blah blah blah @c{$y^{1+b} \le \pi$} @c @math{y^@{1+b@} <= \pi} @c @c The first part using @c{} must appear at the end of a line (it reads @c up to the line end -- as far as texinfo is concerned it's actually @c a 'comment'). The comment command @c has been modified to capture @c a TeX expression which is output by the next @math. @c @c For ordinary comments use the @comment command. @tex % Mathematical macros taken from the GNU Calc Manual % ================================================== % % Some special kludges to make TeX formatting prettier. % Because makeinfo.c exists, we can't just define new commands. % So instead, we take over little-used existing commands. % % Redefine @cite{text} to act like $text$ in regular TeX. % Info will typeset this same as @samp{text}. \gdef\goodtex{\tex \let\rm\goodrm \let\t\ttfont \turnoffactive} \gdef\goodrm{\fam0\tenrm} \gdef\math{\goodtex$\mathxxx} \gdef\mathxxx#1{#1$\Etex} \global\let\oldxrefX=\xrefX \gdef\xrefX[#1]{\begingroup\let\math=\dfn\oldxrefX[#1]\endgroup} % % Redefine @i{text} to be equivalent to @cite{text}, i.e., to use math mode. % This looks the same in TeX but omits the surrounding ` ' in Info. %\global\let\i=\cite %\global\let\math=\cite % % Redefine @c{tex-stuff} \n @whatever{info-stuff}. \gdef\c{\futurelet\next\mycxxx} \gdef\mycxxx{% \ifx\next\bgroup \goodtex\let\next\mycxxy \else\ifx\next\mindex \let\next\relax \else\ifx\next\kindex \let\next\relax \else\ifx\next\starindex \let\next\relax \else \let\next\comment \fi\fi\fi\fi \next } \gdef\mycxxy#1#2{#1\Etex\mycxxz} \gdef\mycxxz#1{} % % Define \Hat to take over from \hat as an accent \gdef\Hat{\mathaccent "705E} % \gdef\beforedisplay{\vskip-10pt} \gdef\afterdisplay{\vskip-5pt} \gdef\beforedisplayh{\vskip-25pt} \gdef\afterdisplayh{\vskip-10pt} % \gdef\arcsec{\hbox{\rm arcsec}} \gdef\arccsc{\hbox{\rm arccsc}} \gdef\arccot{\hbox{\rm arccot}} \gdef\sech{\hbox{\rm sech}} \gdef\csch{\hbox{\rm csch}} \gdef\coth{\hbox{\rm coth}} \gdef\arcsinh{\hbox{\rm arcsinh}} \gdef\arccosh{\hbox{\rm arccosh}} \gdef\arctanh{\hbox{\rm arctanh}} \gdef\arcsech{\hbox{\rm arcsech}} \gdef\arccsch{\hbox{\rm arccsch}} \gdef\arccoth{\hbox{\rm arccoth}} % \gdef\Re{\hbox{\rm Re}} \gdef\Im{\hbox{\rm Im}} \gdef\Sin{\hbox{\rm Sin}} \gdef\Cos{\hbox{\rm Cos}} \gdef\Log{\hbox{\rm Log}} % \gdef\erf{\hbox{\rm erf}} \gdef\erfc{\hbox{\rm erfc}} \gdef\sinc{\hbox{\rm sinc}} @end tex tamu_anova-0.2/configure0000744000156100017520000043254010355011300012331 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. # Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59 for tamu_anova 0.2. # # Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. ## --------------------- ## ## M4sh Initialization. ## ## --------------------- ## # Be Bourne compatible if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then set -o posix fi DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh # Support unset when possible. if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_unset=unset else as_unset=false fi # Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh. $as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH PS1='$ ' PS2='> ' PS4='+ ' # NLS nuisances. for as_var in \ LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \ LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \ LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME do if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then eval $as_var=C; export $as_var else $as_unset $as_var fi done # Required to use basename. if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then as_basename=basename else as_basename=false fi # Name of the executable. as_me=`$as_basename "$0" || $as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || echo X/"$0" | sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } s/.*/./; q'` # PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH. # Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS as_cr_digits='0123456789' as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh chmod +x conf$$.sh if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then PATH_SEPARATOR=';' else PATH_SEPARATOR=: fi rm -f conf$$.sh fi as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null` test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" || { # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no path at all # relative or not. case $0 in *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break done ;; esac # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' # in which case we are not to be found in the path. if test "x$as_myself" = x; then as_myself=$0 fi if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2 { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi case $CONFIG_SHELL in '') as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do case $as_dir in /*) if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c ' as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null` test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; } $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; } CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base export CONFIG_SHELL exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"} fi;; esac done done ;; esac # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real # work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end. # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the # second 'sed' script. Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax. :-) sed '=' <$as_myself | sed ' N s,$,-, : loop s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3, t loop s,-$,, s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,, ' >$as_me.lineno && chmod +x $as_me.lineno || { echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2 { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensible to this). . ./$as_me.lineno # Exit status is that of the last command. exit } case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C=' ' ECHO_T=' ' ;; *c*,* ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;; *) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;; esac if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file echo >conf$$.file if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04). if test -f conf$$.exe; then # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links as_ln_s='cp -p' else as_ln_s='ln -s' fi elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s=ln else as_ln_s='cp -p' fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then as_mkdir_p=: else test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p as_mkdir_p=false fi as_executable_p="test -f" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # IFS # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. as_nl=' ' IFS=" $as_nl" # CDPATH. $as_unset CDPATH # Name of the host. # hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status, # so uname gets run too. ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` exec 6>&1 # # Initializations. # ac_default_prefix=/usr/local ac_config_libobj_dir=. cross_compiling=no subdirs= MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS= SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} # Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document. # This variable seems obsolete. It should probably be removed, and # only ac_max_sed_lines should be used. : ${ac_max_here_lines=38} # Identity of this package. PACKAGE_NAME='tamu_anova' PACKAGE_TARNAME='tamu_anova' PACKAGE_VERSION='0.2' PACKAGE_STRING='tamu_anova 0.2' PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='' ac_unique_file="tamu_anova.h" # Factoring default headers for most tests. ac_includes_default="\ #include #if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H # include #endif #if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H # include #endif #if STDC_HEADERS # include # include #else # if HAVE_STDLIB_H # include # endif #endif #if HAVE_STRING_H # if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H # include # endif # include #endif #if HAVE_STRINGS_H # include #endif #if HAVE_INTTYPES_H # include #else # if HAVE_STDINT_H # include # endif #endif #if HAVE_UNISTD_H # include #endif" ac_subst_vars='SHELL PATH_SEPARATOR PACKAGE_NAME PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_BUGREPORT exec_prefix prefix program_transform_name bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir build_alias host_alias target_alias DEFS ECHO_C ECHO_N ECHO_T LIBS INSTALL_PROGRAM INSTALL_SCRIPT INSTALL_DATA CYGPATH_W PACKAGE VERSION ACLOCAL AUTOCONF AUTOMAKE AUTOHEADER MAKEINFO install_sh STRIP ac_ct_STRIP INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM mkdir_p AWK SET_MAKE am__leading_dot AMTAR am__tar am__untar build build_cpu build_vendor build_os host host_cpu host_vendor host_os CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS CPPFLAGS ac_ct_CC EXEEXT OBJEXT RANLIB ac_ct_RANLIB CPP EGREP LIBOBJS LTLIBOBJS' ac_subst_files='' # Initialize some variables set by options. ac_init_help= ac_init_version=false # The variables have the same names as the options, with # dashes changed to underlines. cache_file=/dev/null exec_prefix=NONE no_create= no_recursion= prefix=NONE program_prefix=NONE program_suffix=NONE program_transform_name=s,x,x, silent= site= srcdir= verbose= x_includes=NONE x_libraries=NONE # Installation directory options. # These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" # and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix # by default will actually change. # Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' datadir='${prefix}/share' sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' localstatedir='${prefix}/var' libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' includedir='${prefix}/include' oldincludedir='/usr/include' infodir='${prefix}/info' mandir='${prefix}/man' ac_prev= for ac_option do # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$ac_prev"; then eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option" ac_prev= continue fi ac_optarg=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'` # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. case $ac_option in -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) ac_prev=bindir ;; -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) bindir=$ac_optarg ;; -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) ac_prev=build_alias ;; -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) build_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) ac_prev=cache_file ;; -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) cache_file=$ac_optarg ;; --config-cache | -C) cache_file=config.cache ;; -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da) ac_prev=datadir ;; -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \ | --da=*) datadir=$ac_optarg ;; -disable-* | --disable-*) ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2 { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'` eval "enable_$ac_feature=no" ;; -enable-* | --enable-*) ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2 { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'` case $ac_option in *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; *) ac_optarg=yes ;; esac eval "enable_$ac_feature='$ac_optarg'" ;; -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ | --exec | --exe | --ex) ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) # Obsolete; use --with-gas. with_gas=yes ;; -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h) ac_init_help=long ;; -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*) ac_init_help=recursive ;; -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*) ac_init_help=short ;; -host | --host | --hos | --ho) ac_prev=host_alias ;; -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) host_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) ac_prev=includedir ;; -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) includedir=$ac_optarg ;; -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) ac_prev=infodir ;; -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) infodir=$ac_optarg ;; -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) ac_prev=libdir ;; -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) libdir=$ac_optarg ;; -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ | --libexe | --libex | --libe) ac_prev=libexecdir ;; -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;; -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \ | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo) ac_prev=localstatedir ;; -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \ | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*) localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) ac_prev=mandir ;; -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) mandir=$ac_optarg ;; -nfp | --nfp | --nf) # Obsolete; use --without-fp. with_fp=no ;; -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ | --no-cr | --no-c | -n) no_create=yes ;; -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) no_recursion=yes ;; -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;; -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) ac_prev=prefix ;; -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) ac_prev=program_prefix ;; -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) ac_prev=program_suffix ;; -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ | --program-trans | --program-tran \ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) silent=yes ;; -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) ac_prev=sbindir ;; -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ | --sbi=* | --sb=*) sbindir=$ac_optarg ;; -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ | --sha | --sh) ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ | --sha=* | --sh=*) sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -site | --site | --sit) ac_prev=site ;; -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) site=$ac_optarg ;; -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) ac_prev=srcdir ;; -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) srcdir=$ac_optarg ;; -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;; -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) ac_prev=target_alias ;; -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) target_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) verbose=yes ;; -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V) ac_init_version=: ;; -with-* | --with-*) ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2 { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` case $ac_option in *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; *) ac_optarg=yes ;; esac eval "with_$ac_package='$ac_optarg'" ;; -without-* | --without-*) ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2 { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ac_package=`echo $ac_package | sed 's/-/_/g'` eval "with_$ac_package=no" ;; --x) # Obsolete; use --with-x. with_x=yes ;; -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) ac_prev=x_includes ;; -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) x_includes=$ac_optarg ;; -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) ac_prev=x_libraries ;; -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;; -*) { echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2 { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; *=*) ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && { echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2 { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` eval "$ac_envvar='$ac_optarg'" export $ac_envvar ;; *) # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0. echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2 expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2 : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option} ;; esac done if test -n "$ac_prev"; then ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'` { echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2 { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi # Be sure to have absolute paths. for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix do eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var` case $ac_val in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* | NONE | '' ) ;; *) { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2 { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; esac done # Be sure to have absolute paths. for ac_var in bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir \ localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir do eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var` case $ac_val in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;; *) { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2 { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; esac done # There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host' # used to hold the argument of --host etc. # FIXME: To remove some day. build=$build_alias host=$host_alias target=$target_alias # FIXME: To remove some day. if test "x$host_alias" != x; then if test "x$build_alias" = x; then cross_compiling=maybe echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host. If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2 elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then cross_compiling=yes fi fi ac_tool_prefix= test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias- test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null # Find the source files, if location was not specified. if test -z "$srcdir"; then ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent. ac_confdir=`(dirname "$0") 2>/dev/null || $as_expr X"$0" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| \ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || echo X"$0" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } s/.*/./; q'` srcdir=$ac_confdir if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then srcdir=.. fi else ac_srcdir_defaulted=no fi if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $ac_confdir or .." >&2 { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } else { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2 { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi fi (cd $srcdir && test -r ./$ac_unique_file) 2>/dev/null || { echo "$as_me: error: sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" >&2 { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } srcdir=`echo "$srcdir" | sed 's%\([^\\/]\)[\\/]*$%\1%'` ac_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set} ac_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias ac_cv_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set} ac_cv_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias ac_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set} ac_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias ac_cv_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set} ac_cv_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias ac_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set} ac_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias ac_cv_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set} ac_cv_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias ac_env_CC_set=${CC+set} ac_env_CC_value=$CC ac_cv_env_CC_set=${CC+set} ac_cv_env_CC_value=$CC ac_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set} ac_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set} ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS ac_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set} ac_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set} ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS ac_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set} ac_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set} ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS ac_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set} ac_env_CPP_value=$CPP ac_cv_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set} ac_cv_env_CPP_value=$CPP # # Report the --help message. # if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. cat <<_ACEOF \`configure' configures tamu_anova 0.2 to adapt to many kinds of systems. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables. Defaults for the options are specified in brackets. Configuration: -h, --help display this help and exit --help=short display options specific to this package --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages -V, --version display version information and exit -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled] -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache' -n, --no-create do not create output files --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..'] _ACEOF cat <<_ACEOF Installation directories: --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX [$ac_default_prefix] --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX [PREFIX] By default, \`make install' will install all the files in \`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix', for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'. For better control, use the options below. Fine tuning of the installation directories: --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin] --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin] --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec] --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [PREFIX/share] --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc] --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com] --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var] --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib] --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include] --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include] --infodir=DIR info documentation [PREFIX/info] --mandir=DIR man documentation [PREFIX/man] _ACEOF cat <<\_ACEOF Program names: --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names System types: --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [guessed] --host=HOST cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD] _ACEOF fi if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then case $ac_init_help in short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of tamu_anova 0.2:";; esac cat <<\_ACEOF Some influential environment variables: CC C compiler command CFLAGS C compiler flags LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L if you have libraries in a nonstandard directory CPPFLAGS C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I if you have headers in a nonstandard directory CPP C preprocessor Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations. _ACEOF fi if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help. ac_popdir=`pwd` for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue test -d $ac_dir || continue ac_builddir=. if test "$ac_dir" != .; then ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'` # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'` else ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir= fi case $srcdir in .) # No --srcdir option. We are building in place. ac_srcdir=. if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then ac_top_srcdir=. else ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'` fi ;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute path. ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; *) # Relative path. ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;; esac # Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because # the directories may not exist. case `pwd` in .) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";; *) case "$ac_dir" in .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";; *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";; esac;; esac case $ac_abs_builddir in .) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;; *) case ${ac_top_builddir}. in .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;; *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;; esac;; esac case $ac_abs_builddir in .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;; *) case $ac_srcdir in .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;; *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;; esac;; esac case $ac_abs_builddir in .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;; *) case $ac_top_srcdir in .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;; *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;; esac;; esac cd $ac_dir # Check for guested configure; otherwise get Cygnus style configure. if test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu; then echo $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu --help=recursive elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure; then echo $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure --help=recursive elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.ac || test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.in; then echo $ac_configure --help else echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2 fi cd $ac_popdir done fi test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit 0 if $ac_init_version; then cat <<\_ACEOF tamu_anova configure 0.2 generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59 Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. _ACEOF exit 0 fi exec 5>config.log cat >&5 <<_ACEOF This file contains any messages produced by compilers while running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. It was created by tamu_anova $as_me 0.2, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59. Invocation command line was $ $0 $@ _ACEOF { cat <<_ASUNAME ## --------- ## ## Platform. ## ## --------- ## hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` _ASUNAME as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. echo "PATH: $as_dir" done } >&5 cat >&5 <<_ACEOF ## ----------- ## ## Core tests. ## ## ----------- ## _ACEOF # Keep a trace of the command line. # Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. # Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs. # Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters. # Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression. ac_configure_args= ac_configure_args0= ac_configure_args1= ac_sep= ac_must_keep_next=false for ac_pass in 1 2 do for ac_arg do case $ac_arg in -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) continue ;; *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*) ac_arg=`echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; esac case $ac_pass in 1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;; 2) ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'" if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal. else case $ac_arg in *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \ | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \ | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \ | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x) case "$ac_configure_args0 " in "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;; esac ;; -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;; esac fi ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args$ac_sep'$ac_arg'" # Get rid of the leading space. ac_sep=" " ;; esac done done $as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; } $as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; } # When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete # config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there # would cause problems or look ugly. # WARNING: Be sure not to use single quotes in there, as some shells, # such as our DU 5.0 friend, will then `close' the trap. trap 'exit_status=$? # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging. { echo cat <<\_ASBOX ## ---------------- ## ## Cache variables. ## ## ---------------- ## _ASBOX echo # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, { (set) 2>&1 | case `(ac_space='"'"' '"'"'; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in *ac_space=\ *) sed -n \ "s/'"'"'/'"'"'\\\\'"'"''"'"'/g; s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='"'"'\\2'"'"'/p" ;; *) sed -n \ "s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p" ;; esac; } echo cat <<\_ASBOX ## ----------------- ## ## Output variables. ## ## ----------------- ## _ASBOX echo for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars do eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var` echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'" done | sort echo if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then cat <<\_ASBOX ## ------------- ## ## Output files. ## ## ------------- ## _ASBOX echo for ac_var in $ac_subst_files do eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var` echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'" done | sort echo fi if test -s confdefs.h; then cat <<\_ASBOX ## ----------- ## ## confdefs.h. ## ## ----------- ## _ASBOX echo sed "/^$/d" confdefs.h | sort echo fi test "$ac_signal" != 0 && echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" } >&5 rm -f core *.core && rm -rf conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files && exit $exit_status ' 0 for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal done ac_signal=0 # confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h # AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline. echo >confdefs.h # Predefined preprocessor variables. cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT" _ACEOF # Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to. # Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site" else CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site" fi fi for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 . "$ac_site_file" fi done if test -r "$cache_file"; then # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special # files actually), so we avoid doing that. if test -f "$cache_file"; then { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} case $cache_file in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . $cache_file;; *) . ./$cache_file;; esac fi else { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} >$cache_file fi # Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same # value. ac_cache_corrupted=false for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^ac_env_\([a-zA-Z_0-9]*\)_set=.*/\1/p'`; do eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set eval ac_old_val="\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value" eval ac_new_val="\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value" case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in set,) { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,set) { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,);; *) if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: former value: $ac_old_val" >&5 echo "$as_me: former value: $ac_old_val" >&2;} { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: current value: $ac_new_val" >&5 echo "$as_me: current value: $ac_new_val" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: fi;; esac # Pass precious variables to config.status. if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then case $ac_new_val in *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;; esac case " $ac_configure_args " in *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy. *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;; esac fi done if $ac_cache_corrupted; then { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu am__api_version="1.9" ac_aux_dir= for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" break elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" break elif test -f $ac_dir/shtool; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c" break fi done if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess" ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # This should be Cygnus configure. # Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), # so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or # incompatible versions: # SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install # SunOS /usr/etc/install # IRIX /sbin/install # AIX /bin/install # AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs # AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag # AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args # SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" # OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic # ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for a BSD-compatible install... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test -z "$INSTALL"; then if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. case $as_dir/ in ./ | .// | /cC/* | \ /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \ ?:\\/os2\\/install\\/* | ?:\\/OS2\\/INSTALL\\/* | \ /usr/ucb/* ) ;; *) # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root # by default. for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then if test $ac_prog = install && grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. : elif test $ac_prog = install && grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use. : else ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c" break 3 fi fi done done ;; esac done fi if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install else # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. We don't cache a # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will # break other packages using the cache if that directory is # removed, or if the path is relative. INSTALL=$ac_install_sh fi fi echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INSTALL" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$INSTALL" >&6 # Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. # It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}' test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether build environment is sane... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Just in case sleep 1 echo timestamp > conftest.file # Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftest.file 2> /dev/null` if test "$*" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftest.file` fi rm -f conftest.file if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi test "$2" = conftest.file ) then # Ok. : else { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 test "$program_prefix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s,^,$program_prefix,;$program_transform_name" # Use a double $ so make ignores it. test "$program_suffix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s,\$,$program_suffix,;$program_transform_name" # Double any \ or $. echo might interpret backslashes. # By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless. cat <<\_ACEOF >conftest.sed s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$// _ACEOF program_transform_name=`echo $program_transform_name | sed -f conftest.sed` rm conftest.sed # expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` test x"${MISSING+set}" = xset || MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" # Use eval to expand $SHELL if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " else am_missing_run= { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;} fi if mkdir -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -d ./--version; then # We used to keeping the `.' as first argument, in order to # allow $(mkdir_p) to be used without argument. As in # $(mkdir_p) $(somedir) # where $(somedir) is conditionally defined. However this is wrong # for two reasons: # 1. if the package is installed by a user who cannot write `.' # make install will fail, # 2. the above comment should most certainly read # $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(somedir) # so it does not work when $(somedir) is undefined and # $(DESTDIR) is not. # To support the latter case, we have to write # test -z "$(somedir)" || $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(somedir), # so the `.' trick is pointless. mkdir_p='mkdir -p --' else # On NextStep and OpenStep, the `mkdir' command does not # recognize any option. It will interpret all options as # directories to create, and then abort because `.' already # exists. for d in ./-p ./--version; do test -d $d && rmdir $d done # $(mkinstalldirs) is defined by Automake if mkinstalldirs exists. if test -f "$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"; then mkdir_p='$(mkinstalldirs)' else mkdir_p='$(install_sh) -d' fi fi for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_AWK+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else if test -n "$AWK"; then ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done fi fi AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK if test -n "$AWK"; then echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AWK" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$AWK" >&6 else echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi test -n "$AWK" && break done echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... $ECHO_C" >&6 set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y,:./+-,___p_,'` if eval "test \"\${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF all: @echo 'ac_maketemp="$(MAKE)"' _ACEOF # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us. eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null | grep temp=` if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes else eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no fi rm -f conftest.make fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 SET_MAKE= else echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" fi rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test -d .tst; then am__leading_dot=. else am__leading_dot=_ fi rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null # test to see if srcdir already configured if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" && test -f $srcdir/config.status; then { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi # test whether we have cygpath if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' else CYGPATH_W=echo fi fi # Define the identity of the package. PACKAGE='tamu_anova' VERSION='0.2' cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE "$PACKAGE" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define VERSION "$VERSION" _ACEOF # Some tools Automake needs. ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"} AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"} AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"} AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"} MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"} install_sh=${install_sh-"$am_aux_dir/install-sh"} # Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user # run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right # tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake # will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else if test -n "$STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done fi fi STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP if test -n "$STRIP"; then echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $STRIP" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$STRIP" >&6 else echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done test -z "$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP" && ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP=":" fi fi ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6 else echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP else STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" fi fi INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\${SHELL} \$(install_sh) -c -s" # We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on # some platforms. # Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. AMTAR=${AMTAR-"${am_missing_run}tar"} am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -' ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers config.h" echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... $ECHO_C" >&6 set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y,:./+-,___p_,'` if eval "test \"\${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF all: @echo 'ac_maketemp="$(MAKE)"' _ACEOF # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us. eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null | grep temp=` if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes else eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no fi rm -f conftest.make fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 SET_MAKE= else echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" fi # Make sure we can run config.sub. $ac_config_sub sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run $ac_config_sub" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot run $ac_config_sub" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking build system type" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking build system type... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_build+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else ac_cv_build_alias=$build_alias test -z "$ac_cv_build_alias" && ac_cv_build_alias=`$ac_config_guess` test -z "$ac_cv_build_alias" && { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ac_cv_build=`$ac_config_sub $ac_cv_build_alias` || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_build_alias failed" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_build_alias failed" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_build" >&6 build=$ac_cv_build build_cpu=`echo $ac_cv_build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` build_vendor=`echo $ac_cv_build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` build_os=`echo $ac_cv_build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking host system type" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking host system type... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_host+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else ac_cv_host_alias=$host_alias test -z "$ac_cv_host_alias" && ac_cv_host_alias=$ac_cv_build_alias ac_cv_host=`$ac_config_sub $ac_cv_host_alias` || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_host_alias failed" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_host_alias failed" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_host" >&6 host=$ac_cv_host host_cpu=`echo $ac_cv_host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` host_vendor=`echo $ac_cv_host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` host_os=`echo $ac_cv_host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6 else echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then ac_ct_CC=$CC # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done fi fi ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6 else echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi CC=$ac_ct_CC else CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" fi if test -z "$CC"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6 else echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then ac_ct_CC=$CC # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="cc" echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done fi fi ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6 else echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi CC=$ac_ct_CC else CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" fi fi if test -z "$CC"; then # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else ac_prog_rejected=no as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then ac_prog_rejected=yes continue fi ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC shift if test $# != 0; then # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. shift ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" fi fi fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6 else echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi fi if test -z "$CC"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then for ac_prog in cl do # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6 else echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi test -n "$CC" && break done fi if test -z "$CC"; then ac_ct_CC=$CC for ac_prog in cl do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done fi fi ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6 else echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break done CC=$ac_ct_CC fi fi test -z "$CC" && { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } # Provide some information about the compiler. echo "$as_me:$LINENO:" \ "checking for C compiler version" >&5 ac_compiler=`set X $ac_compile; echo $2` { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler --version &5\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compiler --version &5) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -v &5\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compiler -v &5) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -V &5\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compiler -V &5) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.exe b.out" # Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. # It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition # of exeext. echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for C compiler default output file name... $ECHO_C" >&6 ac_link_default=`echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'` if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link_default\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link_default) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; then # Find the output, starting from the most likely. This scheme is # not robust to junk in `.', hence go to wildcards (a.*) only as a last # resort. # Be careful to initialize this variable, since it used to be cached. # Otherwise an old cache value of `no' led to `EXEEXT = no' in a Makefile. ac_cv_exeext= # b.out is created by i960 compilers. for ac_file in a_out.exe a.exe conftest.exe a.out conftest a.* conftest.* b.out do test -f "$ac_file" || continue case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj ) ;; conftest.$ac_ext ) # This is the source file. ;; [ab].out ) # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most # certainly right. break;; *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` # FIXME: I believe we export ac_cv_exeext for Libtool, # but it would be cool to find out if it's true. Does anybody # maintain Libtool? --akim. export ac_cv_exeext break;; * ) break;; esac done else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} { (exit 77); exit 77; }; } fi ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_file" >&6 # Check the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either # the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the C compiler works... $ECHO_C" >&6 # FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0 # If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program. if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then if { ac_try='./$ac_file' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; }; then cross_compiling=no else if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then cross_compiling=yes else { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs. If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs. If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi fi fi echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 rm -f a.out a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save # Check the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either # the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are cross compiling... $ECHO_C" >&6 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$cross_compiling" >&6 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of executables... $ECHO_C" >&6 if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; then # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable) # catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will # work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with # `rm'. for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do test -f "$ac_file" || continue case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj ) ;; *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` export ac_cv_exeext break;; * ) break;; esac done else { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_exeext" >&6 rm -f conftest.$ac_ext EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext ac_exeext=$EXEEXT echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of object files... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; then for ac_file in `(ls conftest.o conftest.obj; ls conftest.*) 2>/dev/null`; do case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg ) ;; *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'` break;; esac done else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_objext" >&6 OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext ac_objext=$OBJEXT echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { #ifndef __GNUC__ choke me #endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; } && { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; }; then ac_compiler_gnu=yes else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_compiler_gnu=no fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu fi echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6 GCC=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes` ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS CFLAGS="-g" echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; } && { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; }; then ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6 if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then if test "$GCC" = yes; then CFLAGS="-g -O2" else CFLAGS="-g" fi else if test "$GCC" = yes; then CFLAGS="-O2" else CFLAGS= fi fi echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no ac_save_CC=$CC cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #include #include /* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ struct buf { int x; }; FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); static char *e (p, i) char **p; int i; { return p[i]; } static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) { char *s; va_list v; va_start (v,p); s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); va_end (v); return s; } /* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std1 is added to get proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something that's true only with -std1. */ int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; int test (int i, double x); struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); int argc; char **argv; int main () { return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; ; return 0; } _ACEOF # Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and # breaks some systems' header files. # AIX -qlanglvl=ansi # Ultrix and OSF/1 -std1 # HP-UX 10.20 and later -Ae # HP-UX older versions -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE # SVR4 -Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__ for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" do CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; } && { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; }; then ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=$ac_arg break else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext done rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest.$ac_objext CC=$ac_save_CC fi case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in x|xno) echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}none needed" >&6 ;; *) echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&6 CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;; esac # Some people use a C++ compiler to compile C. Since we use `exit', # in C++ we need to declare it. In case someone uses the same compiler # for both compiling C and C++ we need to have the C++ compiler decide # the declaration of exit, since it's the most demanding environment. cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF #ifndef __cplusplus choke me #endif _ACEOF rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; } && { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; }; then for ac_declaration in \ '' \ 'extern "C" void std::exit (int) throw (); using std::exit;' \ 'extern "C" void std::exit (int); using std::exit;' \ 'extern "C" void exit (int) throw ();' \ 'extern "C" void exit (int);' \ 'void exit (int);' do cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ $ac_declaration #include int main () { exit (42); ; return 0; } _ACEOF rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; } && { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; }; then : else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 continue fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ $ac_declaration int main () { exit (42); ; return 0; } _ACEOF rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; } && { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; }; then break else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext done rm -f conftest* if test -n "$ac_declaration"; then echo '#ifdef __cplusplus' >>confdefs.h echo $ac_declaration >>confdefs.h echo '#endif' >>confdefs.h fi else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else if test -n "$RANLIB"; then ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib" echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done fi fi RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB if test -n "$RANLIB"; then echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$RANLIB" >&6 else echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib" echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done test -z "$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB=":" fi fi ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6 else echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB else RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" fi # Checks for header files. ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking how to run the C preprocessor... $ECHO_C" >&6 # On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then CPP= fi if test -z "$CPP"; then if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp" do ac_preproc_ok=false for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes do # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc # with a fresh cross-compiler works. # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since # exists even on freestanding compilers. # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include #else # include #endif Syntax error _ACEOF if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag else ac_cpp_err= fi else ac_cpp_err=yes fi if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then : else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 # Broken: fails on valid input. continue fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether non-existent headers # can be detected and how. cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag else ac_cpp_err= fi else ac_cpp_err=yes fi if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then # Broken: success on invalid input. continue else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 # Passes both tests. ac_preproc_ok=: break fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext done # Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext if $ac_preproc_ok; then break fi done ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP fi CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP else ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP fi echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$CPP" >&6 ac_preproc_ok=false for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes do # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc # with a fresh cross-compiler works. # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since # exists even on freestanding compilers. # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include #else # include #endif Syntax error _ACEOF if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag else ac_cpp_err= fi else ac_cpp_err=yes fi if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then : else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 # Broken: fails on valid input. continue fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether non-existent headers # can be detected and how. cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag else ac_cpp_err= fi else ac_cpp_err=yes fi if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then # Broken: success on invalid input. continue else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 # Passes both tests. ac_preproc_ok=: break fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext done # Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext if $ac_preproc_ok; then : else { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for egrep... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_prog_egrep+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else if echo a | (grep -E '(a|b)') >/dev/null 2>&1 then ac_cv_prog_egrep='grep -E' else ac_cv_prog_egrep='egrep' fi fi echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&6 EGREP=$ac_cv_prog_egrep echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for ANSI C header files... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #include #include int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; } && { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; }; then ac_cv_header_stdc=yes else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : else cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) # define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') # define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) #else # define ISLOWER(c) \ (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) # define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) #endif #define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) exit(2); exit (0); } _ACEOF rm -f conftest$ac_exeext if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; }; then : else echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ( exit $ac_status ) ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi fi fi echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6 if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF #define STDC_HEADERS 1 _ACEOF fi # On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting. for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \ inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h do as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ $ac_includes_default #include <$ac_header> _ACEOF rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; } && { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; }; then eval "$as_ac_Header=yes" else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 eval "$as_ac_Header=no" fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6 if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done for ac_header in stdlib.h do as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 fi echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6 else # Is the header compilable? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header usability... $ECHO_C" >&6 cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ $ac_includes_default #include <$ac_header> _ACEOF rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; } && { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; }; then ac_header_compiler=yes else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_header_compiler=no fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6 # Is the header present? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header presence... $ECHO_C" >&6 cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <$ac_header> _ACEOF if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then if test -s conftest.err; then ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag else ac_cpp_err= fi else ac_cpp_err=yes fi if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then ac_header_preproc=yes else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_header_preproc=no fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6 # So? What about this header? case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in yes:no: ) { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} ac_header_preproc=yes ;; no:yes:* ) { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;} { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5 echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;} ( cat <<\_ASBOX ## ------------------------------------- ## ## Report this to the tamu_anova lists. ## ## ------------------------------------- ## _ASBOX ) | sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING: /" >&2 ;; esac echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc" fi echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6 fi if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done # Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics. echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for an ANSI C-conforming const" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for an ANSI C-conforming const... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_c_const+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { /* FIXME: Include the comments suggested by Paul. */ #ifndef __cplusplus /* Ultrix mips cc rejects this. */ typedef int charset[2]; const charset x; /* SunOS 4.1.1 cc rejects this. */ char const *const *ccp; char **p; /* NEC SVR4.0.2 mips cc rejects this. */ struct point {int x, y;}; static struct point const zero = {0,0}; /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this. It does not let you subtract one const X* pointer from another in an arm of an if-expression whose if-part is not a constant expression */ const char *g = "string"; ccp = &g + (g ? g-g : 0); /* HPUX 7.0 cc rejects these. */ ++ccp; p = (char**) ccp; ccp = (char const *const *) p; { /* SCO 3.2v4 cc rejects this. */ char *t; char const *s = 0 ? (char *) 0 : (char const *) 0; *t++ = 0; } { /* Someone thinks the Sun supposedly-ANSI compiler will reject this. */ int x[] = {25, 17}; const int *foo = &x[0]; ++foo; } { /* Sun SC1.0 ANSI compiler rejects this -- but not the above. */ typedef const int *iptr; iptr p = 0; ++p; } { /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this saying "k.c", line 2.27: 1506-025 (S) Operand must be a modifiable lvalue. */ struct s { int j; const int *ap[3]; }; struct s *b; b->j = 5; } { /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */ const int foo = 10; } #endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; } && { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; }; then ac_cv_c_const=yes else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_cv_c_const=no fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_const" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_const" >&6 if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF #define const _ACEOF fi echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for inline" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for inline... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_c_inline+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else ac_cv_c_inline=no for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* confdefs.h. */ _ACEOF cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifndef __cplusplus typedef int foo_t; static $ac_kw foo_t static_foo () {return 0; } $ac_kw foo_t foo () {return 0; } #endif _ACEOF rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 ac_status=$? grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err rm -f conftest.er1 cat conftest.err >&5 echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; } && { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; }; then ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext done fi echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_inline" >&5 echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_inline" >&6 case $ac_cv_c_inline in inline | yes) ;; *) case $ac_cv_c_inline in no) ac_val=;; *) ac_val=$ac_cv_c_inline;; esac cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #ifndef __cplusplus #define inline $ac_val #endif _ACEOF ;; esac ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile" cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF # This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure # tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure # scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache. # It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't # want to keep, you may remove or edit it. # # config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it # the --recheck option to rerun configure. # # `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when # loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the # following values. _ACEOF # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, # but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. # So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values. # Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, # and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. { (set) 2>&1 | case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in *ac_space=\ *) # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \). sed -n \ "s/'/'\\\\''/g; s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p" ;; *) # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. sed -n \ "s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p" ;; esac; } | sed ' t clear : clear s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/ t end /^ac_cv_env/!s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/ : end' >>confcache if diff $cache_file confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else if test -w $cache_file; then test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && echo "updating cache $cache_file" cat confcache >$cache_file else echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" fi fi rm -f confcache test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix # Let make expand exec_prefix. test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' # VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir), # ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and # trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty # (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers). if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=/{ s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/; s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/; s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/; s/^\([^=]*=[ ]*\):*/\1/; s/:*$//; s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$//; }' fi DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H ac_libobjs= ac_ltlibobjs= for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed. ac_i=`echo "$ac_i" | sed 's/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'` # 2. Add them. ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs $ac_i\$U.$ac_objext" ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs $ac_i"'$U.lo' done LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs : ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status} ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF #! $SHELL # Generated by $as_me. # Run this file to recreate the current configuration. # Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging # configure, is in config.log if it exists. debug=false ac_cs_recheck=false ac_cs_silent=false SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF ## --------------------- ## ## M4sh Initialization. ## ## --------------------- ## # Be Bourne compatible if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then set -o posix fi DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh # Support unset when possible. if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_unset=unset else as_unset=false fi # Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh. $as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH PS1='$ ' PS2='> ' PS4='+ ' # NLS nuisances. for as_var in \ LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \ LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \ LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME do if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then eval $as_var=C; export $as_var else $as_unset $as_var fi done # Required to use basename. if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then as_basename=basename else as_basename=false fi # Name of the executable. as_me=`$as_basename "$0" || $as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || echo X/"$0" | sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } s/.*/./; q'` # PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH. # Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS as_cr_digits='0123456789' as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh chmod +x conf$$.sh if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then PATH_SEPARATOR=';' else PATH_SEPARATOR=: fi rm -f conf$$.sh fi as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null` test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" || { # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no path at all # relative or not. case $0 in *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break done ;; esac # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' # in which case we are not to be found in the path. if test "x$as_myself" = x; then as_myself=$0 fi if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi case $CONFIG_SHELL in '') as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do case $as_dir in /*) if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c ' as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null` test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; } $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; } CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base export CONFIG_SHELL exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"} fi;; esac done done ;; esac # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real # work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end. # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the # second 'sed' script. Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax. :-) sed '=' <$as_myself | sed ' N s,$,-, : loop s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3, t loop s,-$,, s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,, ' >$as_me.lineno && chmod +x $as_me.lineno || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensible to this). . ./$as_me.lineno # Exit status is that of the last command. exit } case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C=' ' ECHO_T=' ' ;; *c*,* ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;; *) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;; esac if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file echo >conf$$.file if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04). if test -f conf$$.exe; then # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links as_ln_s='cp -p' else as_ln_s='ln -s' fi elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s=ln else as_ln_s='cp -p' fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then as_mkdir_p=: else test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p as_mkdir_p=false fi as_executable_p="test -f" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # IFS # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. as_nl=' ' IFS=" $as_nl" # CDPATH. $as_unset CDPATH exec 6>&1 # Open the log real soon, to keep \$[0] and so on meaningful, and to # report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their # values after options handling. Logging --version etc. is OK. exec 5>>config.log { echo sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX ## Running $as_me. ## _ASBOX } >&5 cat >&5 <<_CSEOF This file was extended by tamu_anova $as_me 0.2, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59. Invocation command line was CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS $ $0 $@ _CSEOF echo "on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`" >&5 echo >&5 _ACEOF # Files that config.status was made for. if test -n "$ac_config_files"; then echo "config_files=\"$ac_config_files\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS fi if test -n "$ac_config_headers"; then echo "config_headers=\"$ac_config_headers\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS fi if test -n "$ac_config_links"; then echo "config_links=\"$ac_config_links\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS fi if test -n "$ac_config_commands"; then echo "config_commands=\"$ac_config_commands\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS fi cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF ac_cs_usage="\ \`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the current configuration. Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]... -h, --help print this help, then exit -V, --version print version number, then exit -q, --quiet do not print progress messages -d, --debug don't remove temporary files --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE] instantiate the configuration file FILE --header=FILE[:TEMPLATE] instantiate the configuration header FILE Configuration files: $config_files Configuration headers: $config_headers Report bugs to ." _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF ac_cs_version="\\ tamu_anova config.status 0.2 configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59, with options \\"`echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\" Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it." srcdir=$srcdir INSTALL="$INSTALL" _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF # If no file are specified by the user, then we need to provide default # value. By we need to know if files were specified by the user. ac_need_defaults=: while test $# != 0 do case $1 in --*=*) ac_option=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` ac_optarg=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ac_shift=: ;; -*) ac_option=$1 ac_optarg=$2 ac_shift=shift ;; *) # This is not an option, so the user has probably given explicit # arguments. ac_option=$1 ac_need_defaults=false;; esac case $ac_option in # Handling of the options. _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) ac_cs_recheck=: ;; --version | --vers* | -V ) echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit 0 ;; --he | --h) # Conflict between --help and --header { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ambiguous option: $1 Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5 echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1 Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; --help | --hel | -h ) echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;; --debug | --d* | -d ) debug=: ;; --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) $ac_shift CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES $ac_optarg" ac_need_defaults=false;; --header | --heade | --head | --hea ) $ac_shift CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS $ac_optarg" ac_need_defaults=false;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s) ac_cs_silent=: ;; # This is an error. -*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unrecognized option: $1 Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5 echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1 Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" ;; esac shift done ac_configure_extra_args= if $ac_cs_silent; then exec 6>/dev/null ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent" fi _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF if \$ac_cs_recheck; then echo "running $SHELL $0 " $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args " --no-create --no-recursion" >&6 exec $SHELL $0 $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion fi _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets do case "$ac_config_target" in # Handling of arguments. "Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;; "config.h" ) CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS config.h" ;; *) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; esac done # If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate, # then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not. # We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely # bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3. if $ac_need_defaults; then test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" = set || CONFIG_HEADERS=$config_headers fi # Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree # simply because there is no reason to put it here, and in addition, # creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems. # Create a temporary directory, and hook for its removal unless debugging. $debug || { trap 'exit_status=$?; rm -rf $tmp && exit $exit_status' 0 trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15 } # Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files. { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "./confstatXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" } || { tmp=./confstat$$-$RANDOM (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) } || { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2 { (exit 1); exit 1; } } _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF # # CONFIG_FILES section. # # No need to generate the scripts if there are no CONFIG_FILES. # This happens for instance when ./config.status config.h if test -n "\$CONFIG_FILES"; then # Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status. sed 's/,@/@@/; s/@,/@@/; s/,;t t\$/@;t t/; /@;t t\$/s/[\\\\&,]/\\\\&/g; s/@@/,@/; s/@@/@,/; s/@;t t\$/,;t t/' >\$tmp/subs.sed <<\\CEOF s,@SHELL@,$SHELL,;t t s,@PATH_SEPARATOR@,$PATH_SEPARATOR,;t t s,@PACKAGE_NAME@,$PACKAGE_NAME,;t t s,@PACKAGE_TARNAME@,$PACKAGE_TARNAME,;t t s,@PACKAGE_VERSION@,$PACKAGE_VERSION,;t t s,@PACKAGE_STRING@,$PACKAGE_STRING,;t t s,@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@,$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT,;t t s,@exec_prefix@,$exec_prefix,;t t s,@prefix@,$prefix,;t t s,@program_transform_name@,$program_transform_name,;t t s,@bindir@,$bindir,;t t s,@sbindir@,$sbindir,;t t s,@libexecdir@,$libexecdir,;t t s,@datadir@,$datadir,;t t s,@sysconfdir@,$sysconfdir,;t t s,@sharedstatedir@,$sharedstatedir,;t t s,@localstatedir@,$localstatedir,;t t s,@libdir@,$libdir,;t t s,@includedir@,$includedir,;t t s,@oldincludedir@,$oldincludedir,;t t s,@infodir@,$infodir,;t t s,@mandir@,$mandir,;t t s,@build_alias@,$build_alias,;t t s,@host_alias@,$host_alias,;t t s,@target_alias@,$target_alias,;t t s,@DEFS@,$DEFS,;t t s,@ECHO_C@,$ECHO_C,;t t s,@ECHO_N@,$ECHO_N,;t t s,@ECHO_T@,$ECHO_T,;t t s,@LIBS@,$LIBS,;t t s,@INSTALL_PROGRAM@,$INSTALL_PROGRAM,;t t s,@INSTALL_SCRIPT@,$INSTALL_SCRIPT,;t t s,@INSTALL_DATA@,$INSTALL_DATA,;t t s,@CYGPATH_W@,$CYGPATH_W,;t t s,@PACKAGE@,$PACKAGE,;t t s,@VERSION@,$VERSION,;t t s,@ACLOCAL@,$ACLOCAL,;t t s,@AUTOCONF@,$AUTOCONF,;t t s,@AUTOMAKE@,$AUTOMAKE,;t t s,@AUTOHEADER@,$AUTOHEADER,;t t s,@MAKEINFO@,$MAKEINFO,;t t s,@install_sh@,$install_sh,;t t s,@STRIP@,$STRIP,;t t s,@ac_ct_STRIP@,$ac_ct_STRIP,;t t s,@INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@,$INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM,;t t s,@mkdir_p@,$mkdir_p,;t t s,@AWK@,$AWK,;t t s,@SET_MAKE@,$SET_MAKE,;t t s,@am__leading_dot@,$am__leading_dot,;t t s,@AMTAR@,$AMTAR,;t t s,@am__tar@,$am__tar,;t t s,@am__untar@,$am__untar,;t t s,@build@,$build,;t t s,@build_cpu@,$build_cpu,;t t s,@build_vendor@,$build_vendor,;t t s,@build_os@,$build_os,;t t s,@host@,$host,;t t s,@host_cpu@,$host_cpu,;t t s,@host_vendor@,$host_vendor,;t t s,@host_os@,$host_os,;t t s,@CC@,$CC,;t t s,@CFLAGS@,$CFLAGS,;t t s,@LDFLAGS@,$LDFLAGS,;t t s,@CPPFLAGS@,$CPPFLAGS,;t t s,@ac_ct_CC@,$ac_ct_CC,;t t s,@EXEEXT@,$EXEEXT,;t t s,@OBJEXT@,$OBJEXT,;t t s,@RANLIB@,$RANLIB,;t t s,@ac_ct_RANLIB@,$ac_ct_RANLIB,;t t s,@CPP@,$CPP,;t t s,@EGREP@,$EGREP,;t t s,@LIBOBJS@,$LIBOBJS,;t t s,@LTLIBOBJS@,$LTLIBOBJS,;t t CEOF _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF # Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with # small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX. ac_max_sed_lines=48 ac_sed_frag=1 # Number of current file. ac_beg=1 # First line for current file. ac_end=$ac_max_sed_lines # Line after last line for current file. ac_more_lines=: ac_sed_cmds= while $ac_more_lines; do if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag else sed "${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag fi if test ! -s $tmp/subs.frag; then ac_more_lines=false else # The purpose of the label and of the branching condition is to # speed up the sed processing (if there are no `@' at all, there # is no need to browse any of the substitutions). # These are the two extra sed commands mentioned above. (echo ':t /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b' && cat $tmp/subs.frag) >$tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then ac_sed_cmds="sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed" else ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed" fi ac_sed_frag=`expr $ac_sed_frag + 1` ac_beg=$ac_end ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_lines` fi done if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then ac_sed_cmds=cat fi fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES" _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF for ac_file in : $CONFIG_FILES; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in". case $ac_file in - | *:- | *:-:* ) # input from stdin cat >$tmp/stdin ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'` ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;; *:* ) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'` ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;; * ) ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;; esac # Compute @srcdir@, @top_srcdir@, and @INSTALL@ for subdirectories. ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_file") 2>/dev/null || $as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || echo X"$ac_file" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } s/.*/./; q'` { if $as_mkdir_p; then mkdir -p "$ac_dir" else as_dir="$ac_dir" as_dirs= while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs" as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null || $as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || echo X"$as_dir" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } s/.*/./; q'` done test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } ac_builddir=. if test "$ac_dir" != .; then ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'` # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'` else ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir= fi case $srcdir in .) # No --srcdir option. We are building in place. ac_srcdir=. if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then ac_top_srcdir=. else ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'` fi ;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute path. ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; *) # Relative path. ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;; esac # Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because # the directories may not exist. case `pwd` in .) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";; *) case "$ac_dir" in .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";; *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";; esac;; esac case $ac_abs_builddir in .) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;; *) case ${ac_top_builddir}. in .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;; *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;; esac;; esac case $ac_abs_builddir in .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;; *) case $ac_srcdir in .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;; *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;; esac;; esac case $ac_abs_builddir in .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;; *) case $ac_top_srcdir in .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;; *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;; esac;; esac case $INSTALL in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;; *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_builddir$INSTALL ;; esac if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5 echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} rm -f "$ac_file" fi # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ if test x"$ac_file" = x-; then configure_input= else configure_input="$ac_file. " fi configure_input=$configure_input"Generated from `echo $ac_file_in | sed 's,.*/,,'` by configure." # First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the # src tree. ac_file_inputs=`IFS=: for f in $ac_file_in; do case $f in -) echo $tmp/stdin ;; [\\/$]*) # Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:) test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } echo "$f";; *) # Relative if test -f "$f"; then # Build tree echo "$f" elif test -f "$srcdir/$f"; then # Source tree echo "$srcdir/$f" else # /dev/null tree { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi;; esac done` || { (exit 1); exit 1; } _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF sed "$ac_vpsub $extrasub _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF :t /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b s,@configure_input@,$configure_input,;t t s,@srcdir@,$ac_srcdir,;t t s,@abs_srcdir@,$ac_abs_srcdir,;t t s,@top_srcdir@,$ac_top_srcdir,;t t s,@abs_top_srcdir@,$ac_abs_top_srcdir,;t t s,@builddir@,$ac_builddir,;t t s,@abs_builddir@,$ac_abs_builddir,;t t s,@top_builddir@,$ac_top_builddir,;t t s,@abs_top_builddir@,$ac_abs_top_builddir,;t t s,@INSTALL@,$ac_INSTALL,;t t " $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") >$tmp/out rm -f $tmp/stdin if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then mv $tmp/out $ac_file else cat $tmp/out rm -f $tmp/out fi done _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF # # CONFIG_HEADER section. # # These sed commands are passed to sed as "A NAME B NAME C VALUE D", where # NAME is the cpp macro being defined and VALUE is the value it is being given. # # ac_d sets the value in "#define NAME VALUE" lines. ac_dA='s,^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*define[ ][ ]*\)' ac_dB='[ ].*$,\1#\2' ac_dC=' ' ac_dD=',;t' # ac_u turns "#undef NAME" without trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE". ac_uA='s,^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*\)undef\([ ][ ]*\)' ac_uB='$,\1#\2define\3' ac_uC=' ' ac_uD=',;t' for ac_file in : $CONFIG_HEADERS; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in". case $ac_file in - | *:- | *:-:* ) # input from stdin cat >$tmp/stdin ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'` ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;; *:* ) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'` ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;; * ) ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;; esac test x"$ac_file" != x- && { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5 echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} # First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the # src tree. ac_file_inputs=`IFS=: for f in $ac_file_in; do case $f in -) echo $tmp/stdin ;; [\\/$]*) # Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:) test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } # Do quote $f, to prevent DOS paths from being IFS'd. echo "$f";; *) # Relative if test -f "$f"; then # Build tree echo "$f" elif test -f "$srcdir/$f"; then # Source tree echo "$srcdir/$f" else # /dev/null tree { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi;; esac done` || { (exit 1); exit 1; } # Remove the trailing spaces. sed 's/[ ]*$//' $ac_file_inputs >$tmp/in _ACEOF # Transform confdefs.h into two sed scripts, `conftest.defines' and # `conftest.undefs', that substitutes the proper values into # config.h.in to produce config.h. The first handles `#define' # templates, and the second `#undef' templates. # And first: Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in # config.status. Protect against being in an unquoted here document # in config.status. rm -f conftest.defines conftest.undefs # Using a here document instead of a string reduces the quoting nightmare. # Putting comments in sed scripts is not portable. # # `end' is used to avoid that the second main sed command (meant for # 0-ary CPP macros) applies to n-ary macro definitions. # See the Autoconf documentation for `clear'. cat >confdef2sed.sed <<\_ACEOF s/[\\&,]/\\&/g s,[\\$`],\\&,g t clear : clear s,^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ (][^ (]*\)\(([^)]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)$,${ac_dA}\1${ac_dB}\1\2${ac_dC}\3${ac_dD},gp t end s,^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ ][^ ]*\)[ ]*\(.*\)$,${ac_dA}\1${ac_dB}\1${ac_dC}\2${ac_dD},gp : end _ACEOF # If some macros were called several times there might be several times # the same #defines, which is useless. Nevertheless, we may not want to # sort them, since we want the *last* AC-DEFINE to be honored. uniq confdefs.h | sed -n -f confdef2sed.sed >conftest.defines sed 's/ac_d/ac_u/g' conftest.defines >conftest.undefs rm -f confdef2sed.sed # This sed command replaces #undef with comments. This is necessary, for # example, in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required # on some systems where configure will not decide to define it. cat >>conftest.undefs <<\_ACEOF s,^[ ]*#[ ]*undef[ ][ ]*[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*,/* & */, _ACEOF # Break up conftest.defines because some shells have a limit on the size # of here documents, and old seds have small limits too (100 cmds). echo ' # Handle all the #define templates only if necessary.' >>$CONFIG_STATUS echo ' if grep "^[ ]*#[ ]*define" $tmp/in >/dev/null; then' >>$CONFIG_STATUS echo ' # If there are no defines, we may have an empty if/fi' >>$CONFIG_STATUS echo ' :' >>$CONFIG_STATUS rm -f conftest.tail while grep . conftest.defines >/dev/null do # Write a limited-size here document to $tmp/defines.sed. echo ' cat >$tmp/defines.sed <>$CONFIG_STATUS # Speed up: don't consider the non `#define' lines. echo '/^[ ]*#[ ]*define/!b' >>$CONFIG_STATUS # Work around the forget-to-reset-the-flag bug. echo 't clr' >>$CONFIG_STATUS echo ': clr' >>$CONFIG_STATUS sed ${ac_max_here_lines}q conftest.defines >>$CONFIG_STATUS echo 'CEOF sed -f $tmp/defines.sed $tmp/in >$tmp/out rm -f $tmp/in mv $tmp/out $tmp/in ' >>$CONFIG_STATUS sed 1,${ac_max_here_lines}d conftest.defines >conftest.tail rm -f conftest.defines mv conftest.tail conftest.defines done rm -f conftest.defines echo ' fi # grep' >>$CONFIG_STATUS echo >>$CONFIG_STATUS # Break up conftest.undefs because some shells have a limit on the size # of here documents, and old seds have small limits too (100 cmds). echo ' # Handle all the #undef templates' >>$CONFIG_STATUS rm -f conftest.tail while grep . conftest.undefs >/dev/null do # Write a limited-size here document to $tmp/undefs.sed. echo ' cat >$tmp/undefs.sed <>$CONFIG_STATUS # Speed up: don't consider the non `#undef' echo '/^[ ]*#[ ]*undef/!b' >>$CONFIG_STATUS # Work around the forget-to-reset-the-flag bug. echo 't clr' >>$CONFIG_STATUS echo ': clr' >>$CONFIG_STATUS sed ${ac_max_here_lines}q conftest.undefs >>$CONFIG_STATUS echo 'CEOF sed -f $tmp/undefs.sed $tmp/in >$tmp/out rm -f $tmp/in mv $tmp/out $tmp/in ' >>$CONFIG_STATUS sed 1,${ac_max_here_lines}d conftest.undefs >conftest.tail rm -f conftest.undefs mv conftest.tail conftest.undefs done rm -f conftest.undefs cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ if test x"$ac_file" = x-; then echo "/* Generated by configure. */" >$tmp/config.h else echo "/* $ac_file. Generated by configure. */" >$tmp/config.h fi cat $tmp/in >>$tmp/config.h rm -f $tmp/in if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then if diff $ac_file $tmp/config.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_file is unchanged" >&5 echo "$as_me: $ac_file is unchanged" >&6;} else ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_file") 2>/dev/null || $as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || echo X"$ac_file" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } s/.*/./; q'` { if $as_mkdir_p; then mkdir -p "$ac_dir" else as_dir="$ac_dir" as_dirs= while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs" as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null || $as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || echo X"$as_dir" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } s/.*/./; q'` done test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5 echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;} { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } rm -f $ac_file mv $tmp/config.h $ac_file fi else cat $tmp/config.h rm -f $tmp/config.h fi # Compute $ac_file's index in $config_headers. _am_stamp_count=1 for _am_header in $config_headers :; do case $_am_header in $ac_file | $ac_file:* ) break ;; * ) _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; esac done echo "timestamp for $ac_file" >`(dirname $ac_file) 2>/dev/null || $as_expr X$ac_file : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X$ac_file : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X$ac_file : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X$ac_file : 'X\(/\)' \| \ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || echo X$ac_file | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } s/.*/./; q'`/stamp-h$_am_stamp_count done _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF { (exit 0); exit 0; } _ACEOF chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save # configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status. # config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log. # Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open # by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its # output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null, # effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and # appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we # need to make the FD available again. if test "$no_create" != yes; then ac_cs_success=: ac_config_status_args= test "$silent" = yes && ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet" exec 5>/dev/null $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false exec 5>>config.log # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction. $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; } fi tamu_anova-0.2/AUTHORS0000644000156100017520000000000010336375142011472 00000000000000tamu_anova-0.2/COPYING0000644000156100017520000004311010341216263011460 00000000000000 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. , 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General Public License instead of this License. tamu_anova-0.2/ChangeLog0000644000156100017520000000000010336375142012174 00000000000000tamu_anova-0.2/INSTALL0000644000156100017520000002203010336253425011461 00000000000000Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. Basic Installation ================== These are generic installation instructions. The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package. It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for debugging `configure'). It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache' and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. (Caching is disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale cache files.) If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create `configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You only need `configure.ac' if you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'. The simplest way to compile this package is: 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type `./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute `configure' itself. Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some messages telling which features it is checking for. 2. Type `make' to compile the package. 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with the package. 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and documentation. 5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came with the distribution. Compilers and Options ===================== Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that the `configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help' for details on some of the pertinent environment variables. You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here is an example: ./configure CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix *Note Defining Variables::, for more details. Compiling For Multiple Architectures ==================================== You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'. If you have to use a `make' that does not support the `VPATH' variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another architecture. Installation Names ================== By default, `make install' will install the package's files in `/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the option `--prefix=PATH'. You can specify separate installation prefixes for architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries. Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix. In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories you can set and what kinds of files go in them. If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'. Optional Features ================= Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to `configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package. They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The `README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the package recognizes. For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't, you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and `--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations. Specifying the System Type ========================== There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the _same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the `--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form: CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM where SYSTEM can have one of these forms: OS KERNEL-OS See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If `config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't need to know the machine type. If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will produce code for. If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a platform different from the build platform, you should specify the "host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'. Sharing Defaults ================ If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'. `configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then `PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the `CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script. A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script. Defining Variables ================== Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run configure again during the build, and the customized values of these variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example: ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc will cause the specified gcc to be used as the C compiler (unless it is overridden in the site shell script). `configure' Invocation ====================== `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it operates. `--help' `-h' Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit. `--version' `-V' Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure' script, and exit. `--cache-file=FILE' Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE, traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to disable caching. `--config-cache' `-C' Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'. `--quiet' `--silent' `-q' Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error messages will still be shown). `--srcdir=DIR' Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually `configure' can determine that directory automatically. `configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run `configure --help' for more details. tamu_anova-0.2/NEWS0000644000156100017520000000222210625174364011135 00000000000000TAMU ANOVA NEWS Version 0.2.1 released ------------------------- A memory leak in anova_2.c was fixed. TAMU ANOVA 0.2 released ------------------------- I have made a few changes and improvements that warents a new release. The changes are: -Improved error handling TAMU ANOVA now uses the GSL error handler for errors. -File structure change the file structure was changed to disallow direct inclusion of the functions. They must now be accesed only through the library. -Interface changes Function names have been chaged. All function begining with gsl_tamu_anova have been changed to read tamu_anova so as to not be confused with core gsl fucntions. -Computation changes some slight computation changes were made to avoid cancelation error TAMU ANOVA 0.1 launched ----------------------- It's finally here an open source GSL compliant package that will compute ANOVA. At Texas A&M University, three statistics students, Andrew Redd, Krista Rister, and Elizabeth Young, have programed and released TAMU ANOVA a gsl package for ANOVA. The package computes both one and two way models, and can handle both balanced and unbalanced data. tamu_anova-0.2/config.guess0000744000156100017520000012066510336260662012764 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Attempt to guess a canonical system name. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, # 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. timestamp='2003-05-09' # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Originally written by Per Bothner . # Please send patches to . Submit a context # diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. # # This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to # config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and # exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1. # # The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you # don't specify an explicit build system type. me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION] Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on. Operation modes: -h, --help print this help, then exit -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit -v, --version print version number, then exit Report bugs and patches to ." version="\ GNU config.guess ($timestamp) Originally written by Per Bothner. Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." help=" Try \`$me --help' for more information." # Parse command line while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;; --version | -v ) echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;; --help | --h* | -h ) echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. break ;; -* ) echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 exit 1 ;; * ) break ;; esac done if test $# != 0; then echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 exit 1 fi trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15 # CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a # compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires # temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a # headache to deal with in a portable fashion. # Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still # use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated. # Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team. set_cc_for_build=' trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ; trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ; : ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ; { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } || { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ; dummy=$tmp/dummy ; tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ; case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in ,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ; for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ; fi ; done ; if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ; fi ;; ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; esac ;' # This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. # (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24) if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH fi UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown # Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive. case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in *:NetBSD:*:*) # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old # object file format. This provides both forward # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the # object file format. # # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown". sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch" UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \ /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)` case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;; arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;; sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;; sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;; *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;; esac # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched # to ELF recently, or will in the future. case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax) eval $set_cc_for_build if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null then # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). # Return netbsd for either. FIX? os=netbsd else os=netbsdelf fi ;; *) os=netbsd ;; esac # The OS release # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu. case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in Debian*) release='-gnu' ;; *) release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` ;; esac # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM: # contains redundant information, the shorter form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. echo "${machine}-${os}${release}" exit 0 ;; amiga:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; arc:OpenBSD:*:*) echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; hp300:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; macppc:OpenBSD:*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mvme68k:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mvme88k:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mvmeppc:OpenBSD:*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; pmax:OpenBSD:*:*) echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; sgi:OpenBSD:*:*) echo mipseb-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; sun3:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; wgrisc:OpenBSD:*:*) echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:OpenBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; alpha:OSF1:*:*) if test $UNAME_RELEASE = "V4.0"; then UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` fi # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0. ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1` case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in "EV4 (21064)") UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; "EV4.5 (21064)") UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; "LCA4 (21066/21068)") UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; "EV5 (21164)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;; "EV5.6 (21164A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;; "EV5.6 (21164PC)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;; "EV5.7 (21164PC)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;; "EV6 (21264)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;; "EV6.7 (21264A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;; "EV6.8CB (21264C)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; "EV6.8AL (21264B)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; "EV6.8CX (21264D)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;; "EV7 (21364)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;; "EV7.9 (21364A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;; esac # A Vn.n version is a released version. # A Tn.n version is a released field test version. # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[VTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` exit 0 ;; Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead # of the specific Alpha model? echo alpha-pc-interix exit 0 ;; 21064:Windows_NT:50:3) echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5 exit 0 ;; Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) echo m68k-unknown-sysv4 exit 0;; *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos exit 0 ;; *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos exit 0 ;; *:OS/390:*:*) echo i370-ibm-openedition exit 0 ;; arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0;; SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp exit 0;; Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*) # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE. if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3 else echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd fi exit 0 ;; NILE*:*:*:dcosx) echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4 exit 0 ;; DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7*) case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7 && exit 0 ;; esac ;; sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*) echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4. echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; sun4*:SunOS:*:*) case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in Series*|S4*) UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v` ;; esac # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'. echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'` exit 0 ;; sun3*:SunOS:*:*) echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; sun*:*:4.2BSD:*) UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null` test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3 case "`/bin/arch`" in sun3) echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} ;; sun4) echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} ;; esac exit 0 ;; aushp:SunOS:*:*) echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name # can be virtually everything (everything which is not # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT" # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should # be no problem. atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; powerpc:machten:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; RISC*:Mach:*:*) echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 exit 0 ;; RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*) echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*) echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*) echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #ifdef __cplusplus #include /* for printf() prototype */ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { #else int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { #endif #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB) #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #endif exit (-1); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c \ && $dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \ && exit 0 echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) echo powerpc-motorola-powermax exit 0 ;; Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*) echo powerpc-harris-powermax exit 0 ;; Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) echo powerpc-harris-powermax exit 0 ;; Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*) echo powerpc-harris-powerunix exit 0 ;; m88k:CX/UX:7*:*) echo m88k-harris-cxux7 exit 0 ;; m88k:*:4*:R4*) echo m88k-motorola-sysv4 exit 0 ;; m88k:*:3*:R3*) echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 exit 0 ;; AViiON:dgux:*:*) # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] then if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \ [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] then echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} else echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE} fi else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} fi exit 0 ;; M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 exit 0 ;; M88*:*:R3*:*) # Delta 88k system running SVR3 echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 exit 0 ;; XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3) echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3 exit 0 ;; Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD) echo m68k-tektronix-bsd exit 0 ;; *:IRIX*:*:*) echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'` exit 0 ;; ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX. echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id exit 0 ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' i*86:AIX:*:*) echo i386-ibm-aix exit 0 ;; ia64:AIX:*:*) if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` else IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} exit 0 ;; *:AIX:2:3) if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include main() { if (!__power_pc()) exit(1); puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5"); exit(0); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0 echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4 else echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 fi exit 0 ;; *:AIX:*:[45]) IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'` if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then IBM_ARCH=rs6000 else IBM_ARCH=powerpc fi if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` else IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} fi echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} exit 0 ;; *:AIX:*:*) echo rs6000-ibm-aix exit 0 ;; ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4 exit 0 ;; ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to exit 0 ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 *:BOSX:*:*) echo rs6000-bull-bosx exit 0 ;; DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*) echo m68k-bull-sysv3 exit 0 ;; 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*) echo m68k-hp-bsd exit 0 ;; hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*) echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4 exit 0 ;; 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;; 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;; 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` case "${sc_cpu_version}" in 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20 esac ;; esac fi if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #define _HPUX_SOURCE #include #include int main () { #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); #endif long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); switch (cpu) { case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) switch (bits) { case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; } break; #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ puts ("hppa2.0"); break; #endif default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; } exit (0); } EOF (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy` test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa fi ;; esac if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ] then # avoid double evaluation of $set_cc_for_build test -n "$CC_FOR_BUILD" || eval $set_cc_for_build if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E -) | grep __LP64__ >/dev/null then HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" else HP_ARCH="hppa64" fi fi echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} exit 0 ;; ia64:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} exit 0 ;; 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include int main () { long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct results, however. */ if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu)) { switch (cpu) { case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; } } else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu)) puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); exit (0); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0 echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2 exit 0 ;; 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* ) echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd exit 0 ;; 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd exit 0 ;; *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix exit 0 ;; hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* ) echo hppa1.1-hp-osf exit 0 ;; hp8??:OSF1:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-osf exit 0 ;; i*86:OSF1:*:*) if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1 fi exit 0 ;; parisc*:Lites*:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hp-lites exit 0 ;; C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) echo c1-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi exit 0 ;; C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) echo c34-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) echo c38-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) echo c4-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \ | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \ -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \ -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; CRAY*TS:*:*:*) echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; *:UNICOS/mp:*:*) echo nv1-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" exit 0 ;; i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*) echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:BSD/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:FreeBSD:*:*|*:GNU/FreeBSD:*:*) # Determine whether the default compiler uses glibc. eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include #if __GLIBC__ >= 2 LIBC=gnu #else LIBC= #endif EOF eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=` echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`${LIBC:+-$LIBC} exit 0 ;; i*:CYGWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin exit 0 ;; i*:MINGW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 exit 0 ;; i*:PW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 exit 0 ;; x86:Interix*:3*) echo i586-pc-interix3 exit 0 ;; [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*) echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks exit 0 ;; i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386? echo i586-pc-interix exit 0 ;; i*:UWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin exit 0 ;; p*:CYGWIN*:*) echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin exit 0 ;; prep*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; *:GNU:*:*) echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` exit 0 ;; i*86:Minix:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix exit 0 ;; arm*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; ia64:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; m68*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; mips:Linux:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #undef CPU #undef mips #undef mipsel #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) CPU=mipsel #else #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) CPU=mips #else CPU= #endif #endif EOF eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=` test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0 ;; mips64:Linux:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #undef CPU #undef mips64 #undef mips64el #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) CPU=mips64el #else #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) CPU=mips64 #else CPU= #endif #endif EOF eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=` test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0 ;; ppc:Linux:*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; ppc64:Linux:*:*) echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; alpha:Linux:*:*) case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; esac objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} exit 0 ;; parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) # Look for CPU level case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;; PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;; *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;; esac exit 0 ;; parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux exit 0 ;; sh*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; x86_64:Linux:*:*) echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; i*86:Linux:*:*) # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path. # Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English. ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \ | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d s/[ ][ ]*/ /g s/.*supported targets: *// s/ .*// p'` case "$ld_supported_targets" in elf32-i386) TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu" ;; a.out-i386-linux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" exit 0 ;; coff-i386) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" exit 0 ;; "") # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or # one that does not give us useful --help. echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" exit 0 ;; esac # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include #ifdef __ELF__ # ifdef __GLIBC__ # if __GLIBC__ >= 2 LIBC=gnu # else LIBC=gnulibc1 # endif # else LIBC=gnulibc1 # endif #else #ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER LIBC=gnu #else LIBC=gnuaout #endif #endif EOF eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=` test x"${LIBC}" != x && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" && exit 0 test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && echo "${TENTATIVE}" && exit 0 ;; i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both # sysname and nodename. echo i386-sequent-sysv4 exit 0 ;; i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version # number series starting with 2... # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, # I just have to hope. -- rms. # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} exit 0 ;; i*86:OS/2:*:*) # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility # is probably installed. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx exit 0 ;; i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop exit 0 ;; i*86:atheos:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos exit 0 ;; i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*) echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; i*86:*DOS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp exit 0 ;; i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*) UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'` if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL} else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL} fi exit 0 ;; i*86:*:5:[78]*) case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;; *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;; *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;; esac echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION} exit 0 ;; i*86:*:3.2:*) if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' /dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i586 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32 fi exit 0 ;; pc:*:*:*) # Left here for compatibility: # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386. echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp exit 0 ;; Intel:Mach:3*:*) echo i386-pc-mach3 exit 0 ;; paragon:*:*:*) echo i860-intel-osf1 exit 0 ;; i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4 if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4 else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered. echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4 fi exit 0 ;; mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*) # "miniframe" echo m68010-convergent-sysv exit 0 ;; mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m) echo m68k-convergent-sysv exit 0 ;; M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*) echo m68k-diab-dnix exit 0 ;; M68*:*:R3V[567]*:*) test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;; 3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0) OS_REL='' test -r /etc/.relid \ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ && echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 ;; 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && echo i486-ncr-sysv4 && exit 0 ;; m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) echo m68k-atari-sysv4 exit 0 ;; TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*) echo mips-sni-sysv4 exit 0 ;; RM*:SINIX-*:*:*) echo mips-sni-sysv4 exit 0 ;; *:SINIX-*:*:*) if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4 else echo ns32k-sni-sysv fi exit 0 ;; PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort # says echo i586-unisys-sysv4 exit 0 ;; *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) # From Gerald Hewes . # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4 exit 0 ;; *:*:*:FTX*) # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com. echo i860-stratus-sysv4 exit 0 ;; *:VOS:*:*) # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos exit 0 ;; mc68*:A/UX:*:*) echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*) echo mips-sony-newsos6 exit 0 ;; R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} else echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} fi exit 0 ;; BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. echo powerpc-be-beos exit 0 ;; BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only. echo powerpc-apple-beos exit 0 ;; BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. echo i586-pc-beos exit 0 ;; SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; Power*:Rhapsody:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:Rhapsody:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:Darwin:*:*) case `uname -p` in *86) UNAME_PROCESSOR=i686 ;; powerpc) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; esac echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386 UNAME_MACHINE=pc fi echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:QNX:*:4*) echo i386-pc-qnx exit 0 ;; NSR-[DGKLNPTVW]:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:NonStop-UX:*:*) echo mips-compaq-nonstopux exit 0 ;; BS2000:POSIX*:*:*) echo bs2000-siemens-sysv exit 0 ;; DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:Plan9:*:*) # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386 # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86 # operating systems. if test "$cputype" = "386"; then UNAME_MACHINE=i386 else UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype" fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9 exit 0 ;; *:TOPS-10:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tops10 exit 0 ;; *:TENEX:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tenex exit 0 ;; KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-dec-tops20 exit 0 ;; XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-xkl-tops20 exit 0 ;; *:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tops20 exit 0 ;; *:ITS:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-its exit 0 ;; esac #echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 #echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2 eval $set_cc_for_build cat >$dummy.c < # include #endif main () { #if defined (sony) #if defined (MIPSEB) /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed, I don't know.... */ printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0); #else #include printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n", #ifdef NEWSOS4 "4" #else "" #endif ); exit (0); #endif #endif #if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix) printf ("arm-acorn-riscix"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux) printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (NeXT) #if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__) #define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k" #endif int version; version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`; if (version < 4) printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); else printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); exit (0); #endif #if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16) #if defined (UMAXV) printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0); #else #if defined (CMU) printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0); #else printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #endif #if defined (__386BSD__) printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (sequent) #if defined (i386) printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (ns32000) printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #if defined (_SEQUENT_) struct utsname un; uname(&un); if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) { printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0); } if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0); } printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (vax) # if !defined (ultrix) # include # if defined (BSD) # if BSD == 43 printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0); # else # if BSD == 199006 printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0); # else printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); # endif # endif # else printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); # endif # else printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); # endif #endif #if defined (alliant) && defined (i860) printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif exit (1); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && $dummy && exit 0 # Apollos put the system type in the environment. test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit 0; } # Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1) if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ] then case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in c1*) echo c1-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; c2*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi exit 0 ;; c34*) echo c34-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; c38*) echo c38-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; c4*) echo c4-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; esac fi cat >&2 < in order to provide the needed information to handle your system. config.guess timestamp = $timestamp uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null` /bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null` hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null` /bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` /usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null` /bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null` /usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null` /usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null` UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE} UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE} UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM} UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION} EOF exit 1 # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" # time-stamp-end: "'" # End: tamu_anova-0.2/config.sub0000744000156100017520000007247410336260565012435 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Configuration validation subroutine script. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, # 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. timestamp='2003-05-09' # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software # can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can. # # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, # Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Please send patches to . Submit a context # diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. # # Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. # Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. # If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. # Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed. # This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages # and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases # that are meaningful with *any* GNU software. # Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations # it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish # a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless # configuration. # The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given # machine specification into a single specification in the form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM # or in some cases, the newer four-part form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM # It is wrong to echo any other type of specification. me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS $0 [OPTION] ALIAS Canonicalize a configuration name. Operation modes: -h, --help print this help, then exit -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit -v, --version print version number, then exit Report bugs and patches to ." version="\ GNU config.sub ($timestamp) Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." help=" Try \`$me --help' for more information." # Parse command line while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;; --version | -v ) echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;; --help | --h* | -h ) echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. break ;; -* ) echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" exit 1 ;; *local*) # First pass through any local machine types. echo $1 exit 0;; * ) break ;; esac done case $# in 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2 exit 1;; 1) ;; *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 exit 1;; esac # Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any). # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` case $maybe_os in nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | freebsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) os=-$maybe_os basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` ;; *) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'` if [ $basic_machine != $1 ] then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'` else os=; fi ;; esac ### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so ### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also ### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we ### can provide default operating systems below. case $os in -sun*os*) # Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input. ;; -dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \ -att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \ -unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \ -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ -apple | -axis) os= basic_machine=$1 ;; -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond) os= basic_machine=$1 ;; -scout) ;; -wrs) os=-vxworks basic_machine=$1 ;; -chorusos*) os=-chorusos basic_machine=$1 ;; -chorusrdb) os=-chorusrdb basic_machine=$1 ;; -hiux*) os=-hiuxwe2 ;; -sco5) os=-sco3.2v5 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco4) os=-sco3.2v4 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco3.2.[4-9]*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'` basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco3.2v[4-9]*) # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco*) os=-sco3.2v2 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -udk*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -isc) os=-isc2.2 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -clix*) basic_machine=clipper-intergraph ;; -isc*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -lynx*) os=-lynxos ;; -ptx*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'` ;; -windowsnt*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'` ;; -psos*) os=-psos ;; -mint | -mint[0-9]*) basic_machine=m68k-atari os=-mint ;; esac # Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations. case $basic_machine in # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name. # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below. 1750a | 580 \ | a29k \ | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \ | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \ | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr \ | clipper \ | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \ | fr30 | frv \ | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \ | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \ | ip2k \ | m32r | m68000 | m68k | m88k | mcore \ | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \ | mips16 \ | mips64 | mips64el \ | mips64vr | mips64vrel \ | mips64orion | mips64orionel \ | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \ | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \ | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \ | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \ | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \ | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \ | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \ | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ | mn10200 | mn10300 \ | msp430 \ | ns16k | ns32k \ | openrisc | or32 \ | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \ | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \ | pyramid \ | sh | sh[1234] | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ | sh64 | sh64le \ | sparc | sparc64 | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite | sparcv9 | sparcv9b \ | strongarm \ | tahoe | thumb | tic80 | tron \ | v850 | v850e \ | we32k \ | x86 | xscale | xstormy16 | xtensa \ | z8k) basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown ;; m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12) # Motorola 68HC11/12. basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown os=-none ;; m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k) ;; # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' # because (1) that's what they normally are, and # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users. i*86 | x86_64) basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc ;; # Object if more than one company name word. *-*-*) echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name. 580-* \ | a29k-* \ | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \ | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \ | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \ | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \ | avr-* \ | bs2000-* \ | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \ | clipper-* | cydra-* \ | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \ | elxsi-* \ | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \ | h8300-* | h8500-* \ | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \ | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \ | ip2k-* \ | m32r-* \ | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \ | m88110-* | m88k-* | mcore-* \ | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \ | mips16-* \ | mips64-* | mips64el-* \ | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \ | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \ | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \ | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \ | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \ | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \ | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \ | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \ | mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \ | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \ | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \ | msp430-* \ | none-* | np1-* | nv1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \ | orion-* \ | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \ | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \ | pyramid-* \ | romp-* | rs6000-* \ | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | shbe-* \ | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \ | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* | sparclite-* \ | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ | tahoe-* | thumb-* \ | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \ | tron-* \ | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \ | we32k-* \ | x86-* | x86_64-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xstormy16-* \ | xtensa-* \ | ymp-* \ | z8k-*) ;; # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. 386bsd) basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-bsd ;; 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc) basic_machine=m68000-att ;; 3b*) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; a29khif) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; adobe68k) basic_machine=m68010-adobe os=-scout ;; alliant | fx80) basic_machine=fx80-alliant ;; altos | altos3068) basic_machine=m68k-altos ;; am29k) basic_machine=a29k-none os=-bsd ;; amd64) basic_machine=x86_64-pc ;; amdahl) basic_machine=580-amdahl os=-sysv ;; amiga | amiga-*) basic_machine=m68k-unknown ;; amigaos | amigados) basic_machine=m68k-unknown os=-amigaos ;; amigaunix | amix) basic_machine=m68k-unknown os=-sysv4 ;; apollo68) basic_machine=m68k-apollo os=-sysv ;; apollo68bsd) basic_machine=m68k-apollo os=-bsd ;; aux) basic_machine=m68k-apple os=-aux ;; balance) basic_machine=ns32k-sequent os=-dynix ;; c90) basic_machine=c90-cray os=-unicos ;; convex-c1) basic_machine=c1-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c2) basic_machine=c2-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c32) basic_machine=c32-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c34) basic_machine=c34-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c38) basic_machine=c38-convex os=-bsd ;; cray | j90) basic_machine=j90-cray os=-unicos ;; crds | unos) basic_machine=m68k-crds ;; cris | cris-* | etrax*) basic_machine=cris-axis ;; da30 | da30-*) basic_machine=m68k-da30 ;; decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn) basic_machine=mips-dec ;; decsystem10* | dec10*) basic_machine=pdp10-dec os=-tops10 ;; decsystem20* | dec20*) basic_machine=pdp10-dec os=-tops20 ;; delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \ | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola) basic_machine=m68k-motorola ;; delta88) basic_machine=m88k-motorola os=-sysv3 ;; dpx20 | dpx20-*) basic_machine=rs6000-bull os=-bosx ;; dpx2* | dpx2*-bull) basic_machine=m68k-bull os=-sysv3 ;; ebmon29k) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-ebmon ;; elxsi) basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi os=-bsd ;; encore | umax | mmax) basic_machine=ns32k-encore ;; es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE) basic_machine=m68k-ericsson os=-ose ;; fx2800) basic_machine=i860-alliant ;; genix) basic_machine=ns32k-ns ;; gmicro) basic_machine=tron-gmicro os=-sysv ;; go32) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-go32 ;; h3050r* | hiux*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi os=-hiuxwe2 ;; h8300hms) basic_machine=h8300-hitachi os=-hms ;; h8300xray) basic_machine=h8300-hitachi os=-xray ;; h8500hms) basic_machine=h8500-hitachi os=-hms ;; harris) basic_machine=m88k-harris os=-sysv3 ;; hp300-*) basic_machine=m68k-hp ;; hp300bsd) basic_machine=m68k-hp os=-bsd ;; hp300hpux) basic_machine=m68k-hp os=-hpux ;; hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp ;; hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9]) basic_machine=m68000-hp ;; hp9k3[2-9][0-9]) basic_machine=m68k-hp ;; hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp ;; hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9]) # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893) # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679]) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp ;; hppa-next) os=-nextstep3 ;; hppaosf) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp os=-osf ;; hppro) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp os=-proelf ;; i370-ibm* | ibm*) basic_machine=i370-ibm ;; # I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2? i*86v32) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv32 ;; i*86v4*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv4 ;; i*86v) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv ;; i*86sol2) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-solaris2 ;; i386mach) basic_machine=i386-mach os=-mach ;; i386-vsta | vsta) basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-vsta ;; iris | iris4d) basic_machine=mips-sgi case $os in -irix*) ;; *) os=-irix4 ;; esac ;; isi68 | isi) basic_machine=m68k-isi os=-sysv ;; m88k-omron*) basic_machine=m88k-omron ;; magnum | m3230) basic_machine=mips-mips os=-sysv ;; merlin) basic_machine=ns32k-utek os=-sysv ;; mingw32) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-mingw32 ;; miniframe) basic_machine=m68000-convergent ;; *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*) basic_machine=m68k-atari os=-mint ;; mips3*-*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'` ;; mips3*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown ;; mmix*) basic_machine=mmix-knuth os=-mmixware ;; monitor) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k os=-coff ;; morphos) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown os=-morphos ;; msdos) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-msdos ;; mvs) basic_machine=i370-ibm os=-mvs ;; ncr3000) basic_machine=i486-ncr os=-sysv4 ;; netbsd386) basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-netbsd ;; netwinder) basic_machine=armv4l-rebel os=-linux ;; news | news700 | news800 | news900) basic_machine=m68k-sony os=-newsos ;; news1000) basic_machine=m68030-sony os=-newsos ;; news-3600 | risc-news) basic_machine=mips-sony os=-newsos ;; necv70) basic_machine=v70-nec os=-sysv ;; next | m*-next ) basic_machine=m68k-next case $os in -nextstep* ) ;; -ns2*) os=-nextstep2 ;; *) os=-nextstep3 ;; esac ;; nh3000) basic_machine=m68k-harris os=-cxux ;; nh[45]000) basic_machine=m88k-harris os=-cxux ;; nindy960) basic_machine=i960-intel os=-nindy ;; mon960) basic_machine=i960-intel os=-mon960 ;; nonstopux) basic_machine=mips-compaq os=-nonstopux ;; np1) basic_machine=np1-gould ;; nv1) basic_machine=nv1-cray os=-unicosmp ;; nsr-tandem) basic_machine=nsr-tandem ;; op50n-* | op60c-*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki os=-proelf ;; or32 | or32-*) basic_machine=or32-unknown os=-coff ;; OSE68000 | ose68000) basic_machine=m68000-ericsson os=-ose ;; os68k) basic_machine=m68k-none os=-os68k ;; pa-hitachi) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi os=-hiuxwe2 ;; paragon) basic_machine=i860-intel os=-osf ;; pbd) basic_machine=sparc-tti ;; pbb) basic_machine=m68k-tti ;; pc532 | pc532-*) basic_machine=ns32k-pc532 ;; pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3) basic_machine=i586-pc ;; pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*) basic_machine=i686-pc ;; pentiumii | pentium2) basic_machine=i686-pc ;; pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*) basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*) basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentiumii-* | pentium2-*) basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pn) basic_machine=pn-gould ;; power) basic_machine=power-ibm ;; ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown ;; ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little) basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown ;; ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*) basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppc64) basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown ;; ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little) basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown ;; ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*) basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ps2) basic_machine=i386-ibm ;; pw32) basic_machine=i586-unknown os=-pw32 ;; rom68k) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k os=-coff ;; rm[46]00) basic_machine=mips-siemens ;; rtpc | rtpc-*) basic_machine=romp-ibm ;; s390 | s390-*) basic_machine=s390-ibm ;; s390x | s390x-*) basic_machine=s390x-ibm ;; sa29200) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; sb1) basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown ;; sb1el) basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown ;; sequent) basic_machine=i386-sequent ;; sh) basic_machine=sh-hitachi os=-hms ;; sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs) basic_machine=sparclite-wrs os=-vxworks ;; sps7) basic_machine=m68k-bull os=-sysv2 ;; spur) basic_machine=spur-unknown ;; st2000) basic_machine=m68k-tandem ;; stratus) basic_machine=i860-stratus os=-sysv4 ;; sun2) basic_machine=m68000-sun ;; sun2os3) basic_machine=m68000-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun2os4) basic_machine=m68000-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun3os3) basic_machine=m68k-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun3os4) basic_machine=m68k-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun4os3) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun4os4) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun4sol2) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-solaris2 ;; sun3 | sun3-*) basic_machine=m68k-sun ;; sun4) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner) basic_machine=i386-sun ;; sv1) basic_machine=sv1-cray os=-unicos ;; symmetry) basic_machine=i386-sequent os=-dynix ;; t3e) basic_machine=alphaev5-cray os=-unicos ;; t90) basic_machine=t90-cray os=-unicos ;; tic4x | c4x*) basic_machine=tic4x-unknown os=-coff ;; tic54x | c54x*) basic_machine=tic54x-unknown os=-coff ;; tic55x | c55x*) basic_machine=tic55x-unknown os=-coff ;; tic6x | c6x*) basic_machine=tic6x-unknown os=-coff ;; tx39) basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown ;; tx39el) basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown ;; toad1) basic_machine=pdp10-xkl os=-tops20 ;; tower | tower-32) basic_machine=m68k-ncr ;; udi29k) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; ultra3) basic_machine=a29k-nyu os=-sym1 ;; v810 | necv810) basic_machine=v810-nec os=-none ;; vaxv) basic_machine=vax-dec os=-sysv ;; vms) basic_machine=vax-dec os=-vms ;; vpp*|vx|vx-*) basic_machine=f301-fujitsu ;; vxworks960) basic_machine=i960-wrs os=-vxworks ;; vxworks68) basic_machine=m68k-wrs os=-vxworks ;; vxworks29k) basic_machine=a29k-wrs os=-vxworks ;; w65*) basic_machine=w65-wdc os=-none ;; w89k-*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond os=-proelf ;; xps | xps100) basic_machine=xps100-honeywell ;; ymp) basic_machine=ymp-cray os=-unicos ;; z8k-*-coff) basic_machine=z8k-unknown os=-sim ;; none) basic_machine=none-none os=-none ;; # Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in # some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular. w89k) basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond ;; op50n) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki ;; op60c) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki ;; romp) basic_machine=romp-ibm ;; rs6000) basic_machine=rs6000-ibm ;; vax) basic_machine=vax-dec ;; pdp10) # there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet basic_machine=pdp10-unknown ;; pdp11) basic_machine=pdp11-dec ;; we32k) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; sh3 | sh4 | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) basic_machine=sh-unknown ;; sh64) basic_machine=sh64-unknown ;; sparc | sparcv9 | sparcv9b) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; cydra) basic_machine=cydra-cydrome ;; orion) basic_machine=orion-highlevel ;; orion105) basic_machine=clipper-highlevel ;; mac | mpw | mac-mpw) basic_machine=m68k-apple ;; pmac | pmac-mpw) basic_machine=powerpc-apple ;; *-unknown) # Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name. ;; *) echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers. case $basic_machine in *-digital*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'` ;; *-commodore*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'` ;; *) ;; esac # Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems. if [ x"$os" != x"" ] then case $os in # First match some system type aliases # that might get confused with valid system types. # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception. -solaris1 | -solaris1.*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'` ;; -solaris) os=-solaris2 ;; -svr4*) os=-sysv4 ;; -unixware*) os=-sysv4.2uw ;; -gnu/linux*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'` ;; # First accept the basic system types. # The portable systems comes first. # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number. # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4. -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \ | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\ | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \ | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \ | -aos* \ | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \ | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \ | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* \ | -lynxos* | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \ | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \ | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \ | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \ | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \ | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \ | -powermax* | -dnix*) # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. ;; -qnx*) case $basic_machine in x86-* | i*86-*) ;; *) os=-nto$os ;; esac ;; -nto-qnx*) ;; -nto*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'` ;; -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \ | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \ | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*) ;; -mac*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'` ;; -linux*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'` ;; -sunos5*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'` ;; -sunos6*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'` ;; -opened*) os=-openedition ;; -wince*) os=-wince ;; -osfrose*) os=-osfrose ;; -osf*) os=-osf ;; -utek*) os=-bsd ;; -dynix*) os=-bsd ;; -acis*) os=-aos ;; -atheos*) os=-atheos ;; -386bsd) os=-bsd ;; -ctix* | -uts*) os=-sysv ;; -nova*) os=-rtmk-nova ;; -ns2 ) os=-nextstep2 ;; -nsk*) os=-nsk ;; # Preserve the version number of sinix5. -sinix5.*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'` ;; -sinix*) os=-sysv4 ;; -triton*) os=-sysv3 ;; -oss*) os=-sysv3 ;; -svr4) os=-sysv4 ;; -svr3) os=-sysv3 ;; -sysvr4) os=-sysv4 ;; # This must come after -sysvr4. -sysv*) ;; -ose*) os=-ose ;; -es1800*) os=-ose ;; -xenix) os=-xenix ;; -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) os=-mint ;; -aros*) os=-aros ;; -kaos*) os=-kaos ;; -none) ;; *) # Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os. os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'` echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac else # Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines. # The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their # machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine. # Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say, # "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top # that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above # will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating # system, and we'll never get to this point. case $basic_machine in *-acorn) os=-riscix1.2 ;; arm*-rebel) os=-linux ;; arm*-semi) os=-aout ;; # This must come before the *-dec entry. pdp10-*) os=-tops20 ;; pdp11-*) os=-none ;; *-dec | vax-*) os=-ultrix4.2 ;; m68*-apollo) os=-domain ;; i386-sun) os=-sunos4.0.2 ;; m68000-sun) os=-sunos3 # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the # default. # os=-sunos4 ;; m68*-cisco) os=-aout ;; mips*-cisco) os=-elf ;; mips*-*) os=-elf ;; or32-*) os=-coff ;; *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os. os=-sysv3 ;; sparc-* | *-sun) os=-sunos4.1.1 ;; *-be) os=-beos ;; *-ibm) os=-aix ;; *-wec) os=-proelf ;; *-winbond) os=-proelf ;; *-oki) os=-proelf ;; *-hp) os=-hpux ;; *-hitachi) os=-hiux ;; i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent) os=-sysv ;; *-cbm) os=-amigaos ;; *-dg) os=-dgux ;; *-dolphin) os=-sysv3 ;; m68k-ccur) os=-rtu ;; m88k-omron*) os=-luna ;; *-next ) os=-nextstep ;; *-sequent) os=-ptx ;; *-crds) os=-unos ;; *-ns) os=-genix ;; i370-*) os=-mvs ;; *-next) os=-nextstep3 ;; *-gould) os=-sysv ;; *-highlevel) os=-bsd ;; *-encore) os=-bsd ;; *-sgi) os=-irix ;; *-siemens) os=-sysv4 ;; *-masscomp) os=-rtu ;; f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu) os=-uxpv ;; *-rom68k) os=-coff ;; *-*bug) os=-coff ;; *-apple) os=-macos ;; *-atari*) os=-mint ;; *) os=-none ;; esac fi # Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the # manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer. vendor=unknown case $basic_machine in *-unknown) case $os in -riscix*) vendor=acorn ;; -sunos*) vendor=sun ;; -aix*) vendor=ibm ;; -beos*) vendor=be ;; -hpux*) vendor=hp ;; -mpeix*) vendor=hp ;; -hiux*) vendor=hitachi ;; -unos*) vendor=crds ;; -dgux*) vendor=dg ;; -luna*) vendor=omron ;; -genix*) vendor=ns ;; -mvs* | -opened*) vendor=ibm ;; -ptx*) vendor=sequent ;; -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*) vendor=wrs ;; -aux*) vendor=apple ;; -hms*) vendor=hitachi ;; -mpw* | -macos*) vendor=apple ;; -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) vendor=atari ;; -vos*) vendor=stratus ;; esac basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"` ;; esac echo $basic_machine$os exit 0 # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" # time-stamp-end: "'" # End: tamu_anova-0.2/depcomp0000755000156100017520000003710010442312174012004 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects scriptversion=2005-07-09.11 # Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA # 02110-1301, USA. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Originally written by Alexandre Oliva . case $1 in '') echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1; ;; -h | --h*) cat <<\EOF Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies as side-effects. Environment variables: depmode Dependency tracking mode. source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies. depfile Dependency file to output. tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies. libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no). Report bugs to . EOF exit $? ;; -v | --v*) echo "depcomp $scriptversion" exit $? ;; esac if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po. depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" | sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`} tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`} rm -f "$tmpdepfile" # Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We # parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below, # to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case # here, because this file can only contain one case statement. if test "$depmode" = hp; then # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg. gccflag=-M depmode=gcc fi if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument. dashmflag=-xM depmode=dashmstdout fi case "$depmode" in gcc3) ## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what ## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like ## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm. "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile" ;; gcc) ## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's ## why we pick this rather obscure method: ## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end ## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly. ## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.) ## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like ## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). ## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse ## than renaming). if test -z "$gccflag"; then gccflag=-MD, fi "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile" stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters. sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \ -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" ## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem. ## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file ## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is ## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding ## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do ## this for us directly. tr ' ' ' ' < "$tmpdepfile" | ## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory ## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as ## well. ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; hp) # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, # since it is checked for above. exit 1 ;; sgi) if test "$libtool" = yes; then "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile" else "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile" fi stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" # Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines; # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the # dependency line. tr ' ' ' ' < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \ tr ' ' ' ' >> $depfile echo >> $depfile # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file. tr ' ' ' ' < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \ >> $depfile else # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile # "include basename.Plo" scheme. echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; aix) # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information. # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases. stripped=`echo "$object" | sed 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'` tmpdepfile="$stripped.u" if test "$libtool" = yes; then "$@" -Wc,-M else "$@" -M fi stat=$? if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then : else stripped=`echo "$stripped" | sed 's,^.*/,,'` tmpdepfile="$stripped.u" fi if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then outname="$stripped.o" # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'. # Do two passes, one to just change these to # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" else # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile # "include basename.Plo" scheme. echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; icc) # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on # icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like # foo.o: sub/foo.c # foo.o: sub/foo.h # which is wrong. We want: # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h # sub/foo.c: # sub/foo.h: # ICC 7.1 will output # foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h # and will wrap long lines using \ : # foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \ # sub/foo.h ... \ # ... "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile" stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h', # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'. # Do two passes, one to just change these to # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; tru64) # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side # effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'. # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too. # Subdirectories are respected. dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` if test "$libtool" = yes; then # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a # static library. This mecanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation. # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d. # # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These two # compilations output dependencies in in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic. tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d # libtool 1.4 tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504 "$@" -Wc,-MD else tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d "$@" -MD fi stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4" exit $stat fi for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4" do test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break done if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # That's a tab and a space in the []. sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" else echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; #nosideeffect) # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones. dashmstdout) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # Remove `-o $object'. IFS=" " for arg do case $arg in -o) shift ;; $object) shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift # fnord shift # $arg ;; esac done test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M # Require at least two characters before searching for `:' # in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames: # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise. "$@" $dashmflag | sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" tr ' ' ' ' < "$tmpdepfile" | \ ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; dashXmstdout) # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble. exit 1 ;; makedepend) "$@" || exit $? # Remove any Libtool call if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # X makedepend shift cleared=no for arg in "$@"; do case $cleared in no) set ""; shift cleared=yes ;; esac case "$arg" in -D*|-I*) set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file. -*|$object) ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; esac done obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`" touch "$tmpdepfile" ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@" rm -f "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' ' ' | \ ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak ;; cpp) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # Remove `-o $object'. IFS=" " for arg do case $arg in -o) shift ;; $object) shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift # fnord shift # $arg ;; esac done "$@" -E | sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \ -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' | sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; msvisualcpp) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o, # because we must use -o when running libtool. "$@" || exit $? IFS=" " for arg do case "$arg" in "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI") set fnord "$@" shift shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift shift ;; esac done "$@" -E | sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile" echo " " >> "$depfile" . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; none) exec "$@" ;; *) echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac exit 0 # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-end: "$" # End: tamu_anova-0.2/install-sh0000744000156100017520000001572210336260462012443 00000000000000#!/bin/sh # # install - install a program, script, or datafile # # This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was # later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the # following copyright and license. # # Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium # # Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy # of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to # deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the # rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or # sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is # furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: # # The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in # all copies or substantial portions of the Software. # # THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR # IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, # FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE # X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN # AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC- # TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. # # Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not # be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- # ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor- # tium. # # # FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. # # Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent # `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it # when there is no Makefile. # # This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written # from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction # shared with many OS's install programs. # set DOITPROG to echo to test this script # Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. doit="${DOITPROG-}" # put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars. mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}" cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}" chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}" chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}" chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}" stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}" rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}" mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}" transformbasename="" transform_arg="" instcmd="$mvprog" chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755" chowncmd="" chgrpcmd="" stripcmd="" rmcmd="$rmprog -f" mvcmd="$mvprog" src="" dst="" dir_arg="" while [ x"$1" != x ]; do case $1 in -c) instcmd=$cpprog shift continue;; -d) dir_arg=true shift continue;; -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2" shift shift continue;; -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" shift shift continue;; -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" shift shift continue;; -s) stripcmd=$stripprog shift continue;; -t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'` shift continue;; -b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'` shift continue;; *) if [ x"$src" = x ] then src=$1 else # this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug : dst=$1 fi shift continue;; esac done if [ x"$src" = x ] then echo "$0: no input file specified" >&2 exit 1 else : fi if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then dst=$src src="" if [ -d "$dst" ]; then instcmd=: chmodcmd="" else instcmd=$mkdirprog fi else # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. if [ -f "$src" ] || [ -d "$src" ] then : else echo "$0: $src does not exist" >&2 exit 1 fi if [ x"$dst" = x ] then echo "$0: no destination specified" >&2 exit 1 else : fi # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system # does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic if [ -d "$dst" ] then dst=$dst/`basename "$src"` else : fi fi ## this sed command emulates the dirname command dstdir=`echo "$dst" | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'` # Make sure that the destination directory exists. # this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script # Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case. if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then defaultIFS=' ' IFS="${IFS-$defaultIFS}" oIFS=$IFS # Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason. IFS='%' set - `echo "$dstdir" | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'` IFS=$oIFS pathcomp='' while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do pathcomp=$pathcomp$1 shift if [ ! -d "$pathcomp" ] ; then $mkdirprog "$pathcomp" else : fi pathcomp=$pathcomp/ done fi if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ] then $doit $instcmd "$dst" && if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; else : ; fi && if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi && if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi && if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi else # If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now. if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] then dstfile=`basename "$dst"` else dstfile=`basename "$dst" $transformbasename | sed $transformarg`$transformbasename fi # don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] then dstfile=`basename "$dst"` else : fi # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$# rmtmp=$dstdir/#rm.$$# # Trap to clean up temp files at exit. trap 'status=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $status' 0 trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15 # Move or copy the file name to the temp name $doit $instcmd "$src" "$dsttmp" && # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore # errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command. if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi && if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi && if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi && if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi && # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. We try this # two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some systems and the destination # file might be busy for other reasons. In this case, the final cleanup # might fail but the new file should still install successfully. { if [ -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" ] then $doit $rmcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" 2>/dev/null || $doit $mvcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null || { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dstdir/$dstfile" >&2 (exit 1); exit } else : fi } && # Now rename the file to the real destination. $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dstdir/$dstfile" fi && # The final little trick to "correctly" pass the exit status to the exit trap. { (exit 0); exit } tamu_anova-0.2/ltmain.sh0000644000156100017520000042616110336253461012265 00000000000000# ltmain.sh - Provide generalized library-building support services. # NOTE: Changing this file will not affect anything until you rerun configure. # # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Check that we have a working $echo. if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. shift elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over : elif test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then # Yippee, $echo works! : else # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe $echo will work. exec $SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} fi if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then # used as fallback echo shift cat <&2 echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Global variables. mode=$default_mode nonopt= prev= prevopt= run= show="$echo" show_help= execute_dlfiles= lo2o="s/\\.lo\$/.${objext}/" o2lo="s/\\.${objext}\$/.lo/" # Parse our command line options once, thoroughly. while test $# -gt 0 do arg="$1" shift case $arg in -*=*) optarg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;; *) optarg= ;; esac # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$prev"; then case $prev in execute_dlfiles) execute_dlfiles="$execute_dlfiles $arg" ;; *) eval "$prev=\$arg" ;; esac prev= prevopt= continue fi # Have we seen a non-optional argument yet? case $arg in --help) show_help=yes ;; --version) echo "$PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION$TIMESTAMP" exit 0 ;; --config) ${SED} -e '1,/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG/d' -e '/^# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG/,$d' $0 exit 0 ;; --debug) echo "$progname: enabling shell trace mode" set -x ;; --dry-run | -n) run=: ;; --features) echo "host: $host" if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then echo "enable shared libraries" else echo "disable shared libraries" fi if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then echo "enable static libraries" else echo "disable static libraries" fi exit 0 ;; --finish) mode="finish" ;; --mode) prevopt="--mode" prev=mode ;; --mode=*) mode="$optarg" ;; --preserve-dup-deps) duplicate_deps="yes" ;; --quiet | --silent) show=: ;; -dlopen) prevopt="-dlopen" prev=execute_dlfiles ;; -*) $echo "$modename: unrecognized option \`$arg'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; *) nonopt="$arg" break ;; esac done if test -n "$prevopt"; then $echo "$modename: option \`$prevopt' requires an argument" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it # will be execed at the end. This prevents here-documents from being # left over by shells. exec_cmd= if test -z "$show_help"; then # Infer the operation mode. if test -z "$mode"; then case $nonopt in *cc | *++ | gcc* | *-gcc* | xlc*) mode=link for arg do case $arg in -c) mode=compile break ;; esac done ;; *db | *dbx | *strace | *truss) mode=execute ;; *install*|cp|mv) mode=install ;; *rm) mode=uninstall ;; *) # If we have no mode, but dlfiles were specified, then do execute mode. test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && mode=execute # Just use the default operation mode. if test -z "$mode"; then if test -n "$nonopt"; then $echo "$modename: warning: cannot infer operation mode from \`$nonopt'" 1>&2 else $echo "$modename: warning: cannot infer operation mode without MODE-ARGS" 1>&2 fi fi ;; esac fi # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags. if test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && test "$mode" != execute; then $echo "$modename: unrecognized option \`-dlopen'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Change the help message to a mode-specific one. generic_help="$help" help="Try \`$modename --help --mode=$mode' for more information." # These modes are in order of execution frequency so that they run quickly. case $mode in # libtool compile mode compile) modename="$modename: compile" # Get the compilation command and the source file. base_compile= prev= lastarg= srcfile="$nonopt" suppress_output= user_target=no for arg do case $prev in "") ;; xcompiler) # Aesthetically quote the previous argument. prev= lastarg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case $arg in # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac # Add the previous argument to base_compile. if test -z "$base_compile"; then base_compile="$lastarg" else base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg" fi continue ;; esac # Accept any command-line options. case $arg in -o) if test "$user_target" != "no"; then $echo "$modename: you cannot specify \`-o' more than once" 1>&2 exit 1 fi user_target=next ;; -static) build_old_libs=yes continue ;; -prefer-pic) pic_mode=yes continue ;; -prefer-non-pic) pic_mode=no continue ;; -Xcompiler) prev=xcompiler continue ;; -Wc,*) args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^-Wc,//"` lastarg= save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' for arg in $args; do IFS="$save_ifs" # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. case $arg in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac lastarg="$lastarg $arg" done IFS="$save_ifs" lastarg=`$echo "X$lastarg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"` # Add the arguments to base_compile. if test -z "$base_compile"; then base_compile="$lastarg" else base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg" fi continue ;; esac case $user_target in next) # The next one is the -o target name user_target=yes continue ;; yes) # We got the output file user_target=set libobj="$arg" continue ;; esac # Accept the current argument as the source file. lastarg="$srcfile" srcfile="$arg" # Aesthetically quote the previous argument. # Backslashify any backslashes, double quotes, and dollar signs. # These are the only characters that are still specially # interpreted inside of double-quoted scrings. lastarg=`$echo "X$lastarg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. case $lastarg in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") lastarg="\"$lastarg\"" ;; esac # Add the previous argument to base_compile. if test -z "$base_compile"; then base_compile="$lastarg" else base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg" fi done case $user_target in set) ;; no) # Get the name of the library object. libobj=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` ;; *) $echo "$modename: you must specify a target with \`-o'" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # Recognize several different file suffixes. # If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo xform='[cCFSfmso]' case $libobj in *.ada) xform=ada ;; *.adb) xform=adb ;; *.ads) xform=ads ;; *.asm) xform=asm ;; *.c++) xform=c++ ;; *.cc) xform=cc ;; *.cpp) xform=cpp ;; *.cxx) xform=cxx ;; *.f90) xform=f90 ;; *.for) xform=for ;; esac libobj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "s/\.$xform$/.lo/"` case $libobj in *.lo) obj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` ;; *) $echo "$modename: cannot determine name of library object from \`$libobj'" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac if test -z "$base_compile"; then $echo "$modename: you must specify a compilation command" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Delete any leftover library objects. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then removelist="$obj $libobj" else removelist="$libobj" fi $run $rm $removelist trap "$run $rm $removelist; exit 1" 1 2 15 # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2*) pic_mode=default ;; esac if test "$pic_mode" = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported pic_mode=default fi # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does # not support -o with -c if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then output_obj=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' -e 's%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext} lockfile="$output_obj.lock" removelist="$removelist $output_obj $lockfile" trap "$run $rm $removelist; exit 1" 1 2 15 else need_locks=no lockfile= fi # Lock this critical section if it is needed # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file if test "$need_locks" = yes; then until $run ln "$0" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do $show "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" sleep 2 done elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then if test -f "$lockfile"; then echo "\ *** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains: `cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` This indicates that another process is trying to use the same temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better compiler." $run $rm $removelist exit 1 fi echo $srcfile > "$lockfile" fi if test -n "$fix_srcfile_path"; then eval srcfile=\"$fix_srcfile_path\" fi # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries. if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied. fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile if test "$pic_mode" != no; then # All platforms use -DPIC, to notify preprocessed assembler code. command="$base_compile $srcfile $pic_flag -DPIC" else # Don't build PIC code command="$base_compile $srcfile" fi if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then lo_libobj="$libobj" dir=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$dir" = "X$libobj"; then dir="$objdir" else dir="$dir/$objdir" fi libobj="$dir/"`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` if test -d "$dir"; then $show "$rm $libobj" $run $rm $libobj else $show "$mkdir $dir" $run $mkdir $dir status=$? if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d $dir; then exit $status fi fi fi if test "$compiler_o_lo" = yes; then output_obj="$libobj" command="$command -o $output_obj" elif test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then output_obj="$obj" command="$command -o $output_obj" fi $run $rm "$output_obj" $show "$command" if $run eval "$command"; then : else test -n "$output_obj" && $run $rm $removelist exit 1 fi if test "$need_locks" = warn && test x"`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != x"$srcfile"; then echo "\ *** ERROR, $lockfile contains: `cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` but it should contain: $srcfile This indicates that another process is trying to use the same temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better compiler." $run $rm $removelist exit 1 fi # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one if test x"$output_obj" != x"$libobj"; then $show "$mv $output_obj $libobj" if $run $mv $output_obj $libobj; then : else error=$? $run $rm $removelist exit $error fi fi # If we have no pic_flag, then copy the object into place and finish. if (test -z "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default) && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then # Rename the .lo from within objdir to obj if test -f $obj; then $show $rm $obj $run $rm $obj fi $show "$mv $libobj $obj" if $run $mv $libobj $obj; then : else error=$? $run $rm $removelist exit $error fi xdir=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$xdir" = "X$obj"; then xdir="." else xdir="$xdir" fi baseobj=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e "s%.*/%%"` libobj=`$echo "X$baseobj" | $Xsed -e "$o2lo"` # Now arrange that obj and lo_libobj become the same file $show "(cd $xdir && $LN_S $baseobj $libobj)" if $run eval '(cd $xdir && $LN_S $baseobj $libobj)'; then # Unlock the critical section if it was locked if test "$need_locks" != no; then $run $rm "$lockfile" fi exit 0 else error=$? $run $rm $removelist exit $error fi fi # Allow error messages only from the first compilation. suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1' fi # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then if test "$pic_mode" != yes; then # Don't build PIC code command="$base_compile $srcfile" else # All platforms use -DPIC, to notify preprocessed assembler code. command="$base_compile $srcfile $pic_flag -DPIC" fi if test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then command="$command -o $obj" output_obj="$obj" fi # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation. command="$command$suppress_output" $run $rm "$output_obj" $show "$command" if $run eval "$command"; then : else $run $rm $removelist exit 1 fi if test "$need_locks" = warn && test x"`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != x"$srcfile"; then echo "\ *** ERROR, $lockfile contains: `cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` but it should contain: $srcfile This indicates that another process is trying to use the same temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better compiler." $run $rm $removelist exit 1 fi # Just move the object if needed if test x"$output_obj" != x"$obj"; then $show "$mv $output_obj $obj" if $run $mv $output_obj $obj; then : else error=$? $run $rm $removelist exit $error fi fi # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we do not # accidentally link it into a program. if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then $show "echo timestamp > $libobj" $run eval "echo timestamp > \$libobj" || exit $? else # Move the .lo from within objdir $show "$mv $libobj $lo_libobj" if $run $mv $libobj $lo_libobj; then : else error=$? $run $rm $removelist exit $error fi fi fi # Unlock the critical section if it was locked if test "$need_locks" != no; then $run $rm "$lockfile" fi exit 0 ;; # libtool link mode link | relink) modename="$modename: link" case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*) # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out # which system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra # flag for every libtool invokation. # allow_undefined=no # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying # to make a dll which has undefined symbols, in which case not # even a static library is built. For now, we need to specify # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library. allow_undefined=yes ;; *) allow_undefined=yes ;; esac libtool_args="$nonopt" compile_command="$nonopt" finalize_command="$nonopt" compile_rpath= finalize_rpath= compile_shlibpath= finalize_shlibpath= convenience= old_convenience= deplibs= old_deplibs= compiler_flags= linker_flags= dllsearchpath= lib_search_path=`pwd` avoid_version=no dlfiles= dlprefiles= dlself=no export_dynamic=no export_symbols= export_symbols_regex= generated= libobjs= ltlibs= module=no no_install=no objs= prefer_static_libs=no preload=no prev= prevarg= release= rpath= xrpath= perm_rpath= temp_rpath= thread_safe=no vinfo= # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames. for arg do case $arg in -all-static | -static) if test "X$arg" = "X-all-static"; then if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then $echo "$modename: warning: complete static linking is impossible in this configuration" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static fi else if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static fi fi build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes prefer_static_libs=yes break ;; esac done # See if our shared archives depend on static archives. test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way. while test $# -gt 0; do arg="$1" shift case $arg in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") qarg=\"`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`\" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test ;; *) qarg=$arg ;; esac libtool_args="$libtool_args $qarg" # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$prev"; then case $prev in output) compile_command="$compile_command @OUTPUT@" finalize_command="$finalize_command @OUTPUT@" ;; esac case $prev in dlfiles|dlprefiles) if test "$preload" = no; then # Add the symbol object into the linking commands. compile_command="$compile_command @SYMFILE@" finalize_command="$finalize_command @SYMFILE@" preload=yes fi case $arg in *.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below. force) if test "$dlself" = no; then dlself=needless export_dynamic=yes fi prev= continue ;; self) if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then dlself=yes elif test "$prev" = dlfiles && test "$dlopen_self" != yes; then dlself=yes else dlself=needless export_dynamic=yes fi prev= continue ;; *) if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" else dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg" fi prev= continue ;; esac ;; expsyms) export_symbols="$arg" if test ! -f "$arg"; then $echo "$modename: symbol file \`$arg' does not exist" exit 1 fi prev= continue ;; expsyms_regex) export_symbols_regex="$arg" prev= continue ;; release) release="-$arg" prev= continue ;; rpath | xrpath) # We need an absolute path. case $arg in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) $echo "$modename: only absolute run-paths are allowed" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac if test "$prev" = rpath; then case "$rpath " in *" $arg "*) ;; *) rpath="$rpath $arg" ;; esac else case "$xrpath " in *" $arg "*) ;; *) xrpath="$xrpath $arg" ;; esac fi prev= continue ;; xcompiler) compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg" prev= compile_command="$compile_command $qarg" finalize_command="$finalize_command $qarg" continue ;; xlinker) linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg" compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$qarg" prev= compile_command="$compile_command $wl$qarg" finalize_command="$finalize_command $wl$qarg" continue ;; *) eval "$prev=\"\$arg\"" prev= continue ;; esac fi # test -n $prev prevarg="$arg" case $arg in -all-static) if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then compile_command="$compile_command $link_static_flag" finalize_command="$finalize_command $link_static_flag" fi continue ;; -allow-undefined) # FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future. $echo "$modename: \`-allow-undefined' is deprecated because it is the default" 1>&2 continue ;; -avoid-version) avoid_version=yes continue ;; -dlopen) prev=dlfiles continue ;; -dlpreopen) prev=dlprefiles continue ;; -export-dynamic) export_dynamic=yes continue ;; -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex) if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then $echo "$modename: more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed" exit 1 fi if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then prev=expsyms else prev=expsyms_regex fi continue ;; # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:* # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*) case $with_gcc/$host in no/*-*-irix* | no/*-*-nonstopux*) compile_command="$compile_command $arg" finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" ;; esac continue ;; -L*) dir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'` # We need an absolute path. case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` if test -z "$absdir"; then $echo "$modename: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" 1>&2 exit 1 fi dir="$absdir" ;; esac case "$deplibs " in *" -L$dir "*) ;; *) deplibs="$deplibs -L$dir" lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" ;; esac case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*) case :$dllsearchpath: in *":$dir:"*) ;; *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$dir";; esac ;; esac continue ;; -l*) if test "X$arg" = "X-lc" || test "X$arg" = "X-lm"; then case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos*) # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such) continue ;; *-*-mingw* | *-*-os2*) # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such) test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue ;; *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd*) # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue ;; esac elif test "X$arg" = "X-lc_r"; then case $host in *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd*) # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag. continue ;; esac fi deplibs="$deplibs $arg" continue ;; -module) module=yes continue ;; -no-fast-install) fast_install=no continue ;; -no-install) case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*) # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows # in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs. $echo "$modename: warning: \`-no-install' is ignored for $host" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: warning: assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead" 1>&2 fast_install=no ;; *) no_install=yes ;; esac continue ;; -no-undefined) allow_undefined=no continue ;; -o) prev=output ;; -release) prev=release continue ;; -rpath) prev=rpath continue ;; -R) prev=xrpath continue ;; -R*) dir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'` # We need an absolute path. case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) $echo "$modename: only absolute run-paths are allowed" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac case "$xrpath " in *" $dir "*) ;; *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;; esac continue ;; -static) # The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop. # We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that # didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects # would be equivalent was wrong. It would break on at least # Digital Unix and AIX. continue ;; -thread-safe) thread_safe=yes continue ;; -version-info) prev=vinfo continue ;; -Wc,*) args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst" -e 's/^-Wc,//'` arg= save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' for flag in $args; do IFS="$save_ifs" case $flag in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") flag="\"$flag\"" ;; esac arg="$arg $wl$flag" compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $flag" done IFS="$save_ifs" arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"` ;; -Wl,*) args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst" -e 's/^-Wl,//'` arg= save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' for flag in $args; do IFS="$save_ifs" case $flag in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") flag="\"$flag\"" ;; esac arg="$arg $wl$flag" compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$flag" linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag" done IFS="$save_ifs" arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"` ;; -Xcompiler) prev=xcompiler continue ;; -Xlinker) prev=xlinker continue ;; # Some other compiler flag. -* | +*) # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case $arg in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac ;; *.lo | *.$objext) # A library or standard object. if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then # This file was specified with -dlopen. if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" prev= continue else # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. prev=dlprefiles fi fi if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then # Preload the old-style object. dlprefiles="$dlprefiles "`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` prev= else case $arg in *.lo) libobjs="$libobjs $arg" ;; *) objs="$objs $arg" ;; esac fi ;; *.$libext) # An archive. deplibs="$deplibs $arg" old_deplibs="$old_deplibs $arg" continue ;; *.la) # A libtool-controlled library. if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then # This library was specified with -dlopen. dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" prev= elif test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then # The library was specified with -dlpreopen. dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg" prev= else deplibs="$deplibs $arg" fi continue ;; # Some other compiler argument. *) # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case $arg in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac ;; esac # arg # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands. if test -n "$arg"; then compile_command="$compile_command $arg" finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" fi done # argument parsing loop if test -n "$prev"; then $echo "$modename: the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\" compile_command="$compile_command $arg" finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" fi # calculate the name of the file, without its directory outputname=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` libobjs_save="$libobjs" if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var eval shlib_search_path=\`\$echo \"X\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$Xsed -e \'s/:/ /g\'\` else shlib_search_path= fi eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\" eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\" output_objdir=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$output_objdir" = "X$output"; then output_objdir="$objdir" else output_objdir="$output_objdir/$objdir" fi # Create the object directory. if test ! -d $output_objdir; then $show "$mkdir $output_objdir" $run $mkdir $output_objdir status=$? if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d $output_objdir; then exit $status fi fi # Determine the type of output case $output in "") $echo "$modename: you must specify an output file" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;; *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;; *.la) linkmode=lib ;; *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program. esac specialdeplibs= libs= # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la) for deplib in $deplibs; do if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then case "$libs " in *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; esac fi libs="$libs $deplib" done deplibs= newdependency_libs= newlib_search_path= need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries case $linkmode in lib) passes="conv link" for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do case $file in *.la) ;; *) $echo "$modename: libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac done ;; prog) compile_deplibs= finalize_deplibs= alldeplibs=no newdlfiles= newdlprefiles= passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link" ;; *) passes="conv" ;; esac for pass in $passes; do if test $linkmode = prog; then # Determine which files to process case $pass in dlopen) libs="$dlfiles" save_deplibs="$deplibs" # Collect dlpreopened libraries deplibs= ;; dlpreopen) libs="$dlprefiles" ;; link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;; esac fi for deplib in $libs; do lib= found=no case $deplib in -l*) if test $linkmode = oldlib && test $linkmode = obj; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' is ignored for archives/objects: $deplib" 1>&2 continue fi if test $pass = conv; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" continue fi name=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-l//'` for searchdir in $newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do # Search the libtool library lib="$searchdir/lib${name}.la" if test -f "$lib"; then found=yes break fi done if test "$found" != yes; then # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" test $linkmode = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" fi continue fi ;; # -l -L*) case $linkmode in lib) deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" test $pass = conv && continue newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'` ;; prog) if test $pass = conv; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" continue fi if test $pass = scan; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'` else compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" fi ;; *) $echo "$modename: warning: \`-L' is ignored for archives/objects: $deplib" 1>&2 ;; esac # linkmode continue ;; # -L -R*) if test $pass = link; then dir=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'` # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories. case "$xrpath " in *" $dir "*) ;; *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;; esac fi deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" continue ;; *.la) lib="$deplib" ;; *.$libext) if test $pass = conv; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" continue fi case $linkmode in lib) if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then echo echo "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" echo "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe" echo "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not used here." else echo echo "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the" echo "*** static library $deplib is not portable!" deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" fi continue ;; prog) if test $pass != link; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" else compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" fi continue ;; esac # linkmode ;; # *.$libext *.lo | *.$objext) if test $pass = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically, # we need to preload. newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $deplib" compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $deplib" fi continue ;; %DEPLIBS%) alldeplibs=yes continue ;; esac # case $deplib if test $found = yes || test -f "$lib"; then : else $echo "$modename: cannot find the library \`$lib'" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. if (${SED} -e '2q' $lib | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 exit 1 fi ladir=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "X$ladir" = "X$lib" && ladir="." dlname= dlopen= dlpreopen= libdir= library_names= old_library= # If the library was installed with an old release of libtool, # it will not redefine variable installed. installed=yes # Read the .la file case $lib in */* | *\\*) . $lib ;; *) . ./$lib ;; esac if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan" || { test $linkmode = oldlib && test $linkmode = obj; }; then # Add dl[pre]opened files of deplib test -n "$dlopen" && dlfiles="$dlfiles $dlopen" test -n "$dlpreopen" && dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $dlpreopen" fi if test $pass = conv; then # Only check for convenience libraries deplibs="$lib $deplibs" if test -z "$libdir"; then if test -z "$old_library"; then $echo "$modename: cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects. convenience="$convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" old_convenience="$old_convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" tmp_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then case "$tmp_libs " in *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; esac fi tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" done elif test $linkmode != prog && test $linkmode != lib; then $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a convenience library" 1>&2 exit 1 fi continue fi # $pass = conv # Get the name of the library we link against. linklib= for l in $old_library $library_names; do linklib="$l" done if test -z "$linklib"; then $echo "$modename: cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # This library was specified with -dlopen. if test $pass = dlopen; then if test -z "$libdir"; then $echo "$modename: cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test -z "$dlname" || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking # statically, we need to preload. dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib" else newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib" fi continue fi # $pass = dlopen # We need an absolute path. case $ladir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir="$ladir" ;; *) abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd` if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then $echo "$modename: warning: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail" 1>&2 abs_ladir="$ladir" fi ;; esac laname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` # Find the relevant object directory and library name. if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then if test ! -f "$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then $echo "$modename: warning: library \`$lib' was moved." 1>&2 dir="$ladir" absdir="$abs_ladir" libdir="$abs_ladir" else dir="$libdir" absdir="$libdir" fi else dir="$ladir/$objdir" absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir" # Remove this search path later notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir" fi # $installed = yes name=`$echo "X$laname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//' -e 's/^lib//'` # This library was specified with -dlpreopen. if test $pass = dlpreopen; then if test -z "$libdir"; then $echo "$modename: cannot -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols # are required to link). if test -n "$old_library"; then newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$old_library" # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it. elif test -n "$dlname"; then newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$dlname" else newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$linklib" fi fi # $pass = dlpreopen if test -z "$libdir"; then # Link the convenience library if test $linkmode = lib; then deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" elif test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs" else deplibs="$lib $deplibs" fi continue fi if test $linkmode = prog && test $pass != link; then newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $ladir" deplibs="$lib $deplibs" linkalldeplibs=no if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no || test -z "$library_names" || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then linkalldeplibs=yes fi tmp_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do case $deplib in -L*) newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'`;; ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test esac # Need to link against all dependency_libs? if test $linkalldeplibs = yes; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" else # Need to hardcode shared library paths # or/and link against static libraries newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" fi if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then case "$tmp_libs " in *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; esac fi tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" done # for deplib continue fi # $linkmode = prog... link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically if test -n "$library_names" && { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then # Link against this shared library if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link" || { test $linkmode = lib && test $hardcode_into_libs = yes; }; then # Hardcode the library path. # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time # search path. case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) case "$compile_rpath " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir" esac ;; esac case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" esac ;; esac if test $linkmode = prog; then # We need to hardcode the library path if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories. case "$temp_rpath " in *" $dir "*) ;; *" $absdir "*) ;; *) temp_rpath="$temp_rpath $dir" ;; esac fi fi fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link... if test "$alldeplibs" = yes && { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all || { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then # We only need to search for static libraries continue fi if test "$installed" = no; then notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib" need_relink=yes fi if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then # figure out the soname set dummy $library_names realname="$2" shift; shift libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"` # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no? if test -n "$dlname"; then soname="$dlname" elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then # bleh windows case $host in *cygwin*) major=`expr $current - $age` versuffix="-$major" ;; esac eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" else soname="$realname" fi # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use soroot="$soname" soname=`echo $soroot | ${SED} -e 's/^.*\///'` newlib="libimp-`echo $soname | ${SED} 's/^lib//;s/\.dll$//'`.a" # If the library has no export list, then create one now if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then : else $show "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'" save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' eval cmds=\"$extract_expsyms_cmds\" for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" fi # Create $newlib if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else $show "generating import library for \`$soname'" save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' eval cmds=\"$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds\" for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" fi # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library dir=$output_objdir linklib=$newlib fi # test -n $old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds if test $linkmode = prog || test "$mode" != relink; then add_shlibpath= add_dir= add= lib_linked=yes case $hardcode_action in immediate | unsupported) if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then add="$dir/$linklib" elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then case $host in *-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath="$dir" ;; esac add_dir="-L$dir" add="-l$name" elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then add_shlibpath="$dir" add="-l$name" else lib_linked=no fi ;; relink) if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then add="$dir/$linklib" elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then add_dir="-L$dir" add="-l$name" elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then add_shlibpath="$dir" add="-l$name" else lib_linked=no fi ;; *) lib_linked=no ;; esac if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then $echo "$modename: configuration error: unsupported hardcode properties" exit 1 fi if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then case :$compile_shlibpath: in *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;; *) compile_shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$add_shlibpath:" ;; esac fi if test $linkmode = prog; then test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs" test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs" else test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes && \ test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes && \ test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then case :$finalize_shlibpath: in *":$libdir:"*) ;; *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;; esac fi fi fi if test $linkmode = prog || test "$mode" = relink; then add_shlibpath= add_dir= add= # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it. if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then add="$libdir/$linklib" elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then add_dir="-L$libdir" add="-l$name" elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then case :$finalize_shlibpath: in *":$libdir:"*) ;; *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;; esac add="-l$name" else # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it. add_dir="-L$libdir" add="-l$name" fi if test $linkmode = prog; then test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs" test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs" else test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" fi fi elif test $linkmode = prog; then if test "$alldeplibs" = yes && { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all || { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then # We only need to search for static libraries continue fi # Try to link the static library # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L # is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and # shared platforms. if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library" compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs" else compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs" fi elif test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Not a shared library if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then # We're trying link a shared library against a static one # but the system doesn't support it. # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so # that the program can be linked against the static library. echo echo "*** Warning: This system can not link to static lib archive $lib." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have." if test "$module" = yes; then echo "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create " echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application" echo "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime." if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then echo echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." fi if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then build_libtool_libs=module build_old_libs=yes else build_libtool_libs=no fi fi else convenience="$convenience $dir/$old_library" old_convenience="$old_convenience $dir/$old_library" deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" link_static=yes fi fi # link shared/static library? if test $linkmode = lib; then if test -n "$dependency_libs" && { test $hardcode_into_libs != yes || test $build_old_libs = yes || test $link_static = yes; }; then # Extract -R from dependency_libs temp_deplibs= for libdir in $dependency_libs; do case $libdir in -R*) temp_xrpath=`$echo "X$libdir" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'` case " $xrpath " in *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;; *) xrpath="$xrpath $temp_xrpath";; esac;; *) temp_deplibs="$temp_deplibs $libdir";; esac done dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs" fi newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $absdir" # Link against this library test "$link_static" = no && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs" # ... and its dependency_libs tmp_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then case "$tmp_libs " in *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; esac fi tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" done if test $link_all_deplibs != no; then # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries for deplib in $dependency_libs; do case $deplib in -L*) path="$deplib" ;; *.la) dir=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "X$dir" = "X$deplib" && dir="." # We need an absolute path. case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;; *) absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` if test -z "$absdir"; then $echo "$modename: warning: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" 1>&2 absdir="$dir" fi ;; esac if grep "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then path="-L$absdir/$objdir" else eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` if test -z "$libdir"; then $echo "$modename: \`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test "$absdir" != "$libdir"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`$deplib' seems to be moved" 1>&2 fi path="-L$absdir" fi ;; *) continue ;; esac case " $deplibs " in *" $path "*) ;; *) deplibs="$deplibs $path" ;; esac done fi # link_all_deplibs != no fi # linkmode = lib done # for deplib in $libs if test $pass = dlpreopen; then # Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries for deplib in $save_deplibs; do deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" done fi if test $pass != dlopen; then test $pass != scan && dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" if test $pass != conv; then # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories. lib_search_path= for dir in $newlib_search_path; do case "$lib_search_path " in *" $dir "*) ;; *) lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" ;; esac done newlib_search_path= fi if test "$linkmode,$pass" != "prog,link"; then vars="deplibs" else vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs" fi for var in $vars dependency_libs; do # Add libraries to $var in reverse order eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\" new_libs= for deplib in $tmp_libs; do case $deplib in -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; *) case " $specialdeplibs " in *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; *) case " $new_libs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; esac ;; esac ;; esac done tmp_libs= for deplib in $new_libs; do case $deplib in -L*) case " $tmp_libs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;; esac ;; *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;; esac done eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\" done # for var fi if test "$pass" = "conv" && { test "$linkmode" = "lib" || test "$linkmode" = "prog"; }; then libs="$deplibs" # reset libs deplibs= fi done # for pass if test $linkmode = prog; then dlfiles="$newdlfiles" dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" fi case $linkmode in oldlib) if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$rpath"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-rpath' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$xrpath"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-R' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$vinfo"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$release"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives" 1>&2 fi # Now set the variables for building old libraries. build_libtool_libs=no oldlibs="$output" objs="$objs$old_deplibs" ;; lib) # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'. case $outputname in lib*) name=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//' -e 's/^lib//'` eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" ;; *) if test "$module" = no; then $echo "$modename: libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required name=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//'` eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" else libname=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//'` fi ;; esac if test -n "$objs"; then if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then $echo "$modename: cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs" 2>&1 exit 1 else echo echo "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool" echo "*** objects $objs is not portable!" libobjs="$libobjs $objs" fi fi if test "$dlself" != no; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries" 1>&2 fi set dummy $rpath if test $# -gt 2; then $echo "$modename: warning: ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library" 1>&2 fi install_libdir="$2" oldlibs= if test -z "$rpath"; then if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Building a libtool convenience library. libext=al oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs" build_libtool_libs=convenience build_old_libs=yes fi if test -n "$vinfo"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for convenience libraries" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$release"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries" 1>&2 fi else # Parse the version information argument. save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':' set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0 IFS="$save_ifs" if test -n "$8"; then $echo "$modename: too many parameters to \`-version-info'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi current="$2" revision="$3" age="$4" # Check that each of the things are valid numbers. case $current in 0 | [1-9] | [1-9][0-9] | [1-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; *) $echo "$modename: CURRENT \`$current' is not a nonnegative integer" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac case $revision in 0 | [1-9] | [1-9][0-9] | [1-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; *) $echo "$modename: REVISION \`$revision' is not a nonnegative integer" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac case $age in 0 | [1-9] | [1-9][0-9] | [1-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; *) $echo "$modename: AGE \`$age' is not a nonnegative integer" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac if test $age -gt $current; then $echo "$modename: AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Calculate the version variables. major= versuffix= verstring= case $version_type in none) ;; darwin) # Like Linux, but with the current version available in # verstring for coding it into the library header major=.`expr $current - $age` versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options... minor_current=`expr $current + 1` verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision" ;; freebsd-aout) major=".$current" versuffix=".$current.$revision"; ;; freebsd-elf) major=".$current" versuffix=".$current"; ;; irix | nonstopux) major=`expr $current - $age + 1` case $version_type in nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;; *) verstring_prefix=sgi ;; esac verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$revision" # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. loop=$revision while test $loop != 0; do iface=`expr $revision - $loop` loop=`expr $loop - 1` verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring" done # Before this point, $major must not contain `.'. major=.$major versuffix="$major.$revision" ;; linux) major=.`expr $current - $age` versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" ;; osf) major=.`expr $current - $age` versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision" verstring="$current.$age.$revision" # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. loop=$age while test $loop != 0; do iface=`expr $current - $loop` loop=`expr $loop - 1` verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0" done # Make executables depend on our current version. verstring="$verstring:${current}.0" ;; sunos) major=".$current" versuffix=".$current.$revision" ;; windows) # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one # extension on DOS 8.3 filesystems. major=`expr $current - $age` versuffix="-$major" ;; *) $echo "$modename: unknown library version type \`$version_type'" 1>&2 echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release. if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then major= verstring="0.0" case $version_type in darwin) # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting # problems, so we reset it completely verstring="" ;; *) verstring="0.0" ;; esac if test "$need_version" = no; then versuffix= else versuffix=".0.0" fi fi # Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided if test "$avoid_version" = yes && test "$need_version" = no; then major= versuffix= verstring="" fi # Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols. if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then $echo "$modename: warning: undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries" 1>&2 build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes fi else # Don't allow undefined symbols. allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag" fi fi if test "$mode" != relink; then # Remove our outputs. $show "${rm}r $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/$libname.* $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*" $run ${rm}r $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/$libname.* $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.* fi # Now set the variables for building old libraries. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then oldlibs="$oldlibs $output_objdir/$libname.$libext" # Transform .lo files to .o files. oldobjs="$objs "`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}'$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` fi # Eliminate all temporary directories. for path in $notinst_path; do lib_search_path=`echo "$lib_search_path " | ${SED} -e 's% $path % %g'` deplibs=`echo "$deplibs " | ${SED} -e 's% -L$path % %g'` dependency_libs=`echo "$dependency_libs " | ${SED} -e 's% -L$path % %g'` done if test -n "$xrpath"; then # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. temp_xrpath= for libdir in $xrpath; do temp_xrpath="$temp_xrpath -R$libdir" case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;; esac done if test $hardcode_into_libs != yes || test $build_old_libs = yes; then dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs" fi fi # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened old_dlfiles="$dlfiles" dlfiles= for lib in $old_dlfiles; do case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in *" $lib "*) ;; *) dlfiles="$dlfiles $lib" ;; esac done # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files old_dlprefiles="$dlprefiles" dlprefiles= for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do case "$dlprefiles " in *" $lib "*) ;; *) dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib" ;; esac done if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then if test -n "$rpath"; then case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos*) # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)! ;; *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework deplibs="$deplibs -framework System" ;; *-*-netbsd*) # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed. ;; *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd*) # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. ;; *) # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary. if test $build_libtool_need_lc = "yes"; then deplibs="$deplibs -lc" fi ;; esac fi # Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared. name_save=$name libname_save=$libname release_save=$release versuffix_save=$versuffix major_save=$major # I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly. I think # release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to # add it in twice. Is that correct? release="" versuffix="" major="" newdeplibs= droppeddeps=no case $deplibs_check_method in pass_all) # Don't check for shared/static. Everything works. # This might be a little naive. We might want to check # whether the library exists or not. But this is on # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just # implementing what was already the behaviour. newdeplibs=$deplibs ;; test_compile) # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its # limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd. $rm conftest.c cat > conftest.c </dev/null` for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do # Follow soft links. if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null \ | grep " -> " >/dev/null; then continue fi # The statement above tries to avoid entering an # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links. # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link # loop can be closed while we follow links, # but so what? potlib="$potent_lib" while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | ${SED} 's/.* -> //'` case $potliblink in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";; *) potlib=`$echo "X$potlib" | $Xsed -e 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";; esac done if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null \ | ${SED} 10q \ | egrep "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" a_deplib="" break 2 fi done done if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then droppeddeps=yes echo echo "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" if test -z "$potlib" ; then echo "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)" else echo "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" echo "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib" fi fi else # Add a -L argument. newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" fi done # Gone through all deplibs. ;; match_pattern*) set dummy $deplibs_check_method match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$2 \(.*\)"` for a_deplib in $deplibs; do name="`expr $a_deplib : '-l\(.*\)'`" # If $name is empty we are operating on a -L argument. if test -n "$name" && test "$name" != "0"; then libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"` for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null` for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do potlib="$potent_lib" # see symlink-check below in file_magic test if eval echo \"$potent_lib\" 2>/dev/null \ | ${SED} 10q \ | egrep "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" a_deplib="" break 2 fi done done if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then droppeddeps=yes echo echo "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" if test -z "$potlib" ; then echo "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)" else echo "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" echo "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib" fi fi else # Add a -L argument. newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" fi done # Gone through all deplibs. ;; none | unknown | *) newdeplibs="" if $echo "X $deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc$//' \ -e 's/ -[LR][^ ]*//g' -e 's/[ ]//g' | grep . >/dev/null; then echo if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform." else echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported." fi echo "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped." droppeddeps=yes fi ;; esac versuffix=$versuffix_save major=$major_save release=$release_save libname=$libname_save name=$name_save case $host in *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework newdeplibs=`$echo "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'` ;; esac if test "$droppeddeps" = yes; then if test "$module" = yes; then echo echo "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library" echo "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create" echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening" echo "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag." if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then echo echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." fi if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" build_libtool_libs=module build_old_libs=yes else build_libtool_libs=no fi else echo "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be" echo "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library" echo "*** or is declared to -dlopen it." if test $allow_undefined = no; then echo echo "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols," echo "*** because either the platform does not support them or" echo "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined," echo "*** libtool will only create a static version of it." if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" build_libtool_libs=module build_old_libs=yes else build_libtool_libs=no fi fi fi fi # Done checking deplibs! deplibs=$newdeplibs fi # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above). library_names= old_library= dlname= # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then if test $hardcode_into_libs = yes; then # Hardcode the library paths hardcode_libdirs= dep_rpath= rpath="$finalize_rpath" test "$mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath" for libdir in $rpath; do if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" else # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) ;; *) hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" ;; esac fi else eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" dep_rpath="$dep_rpath $flag" fi elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then case "$perm_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;; esac fi done # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" fi if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then # We should set the runpath_var. rpath= for dir in $perm_rpath; do rpath="$rpath$dir:" done eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var" fi test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs" fi shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath" test "$mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath" if test -n "$shlibpath"; then eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var" fi # Get the real and link names of the library. eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\" set dummy $library_names realname="$2" shift; shift if test -n "$soname_spec"; then eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" else soname="$realname" fi test -z "$dlname" && dlname=$soname lib="$output_objdir/$realname" for link do linknames="$linknames $link" done # Ensure that we have .o objects for linkers which dislike .lo # (e.g. aix) in case we are running --disable-static for obj in $libobjs; do xdir=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$xdir" = "X$obj"; then xdir="." else xdir="$xdir" fi baseobj=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` oldobj=`$echo "X$baseobj" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` if test ! -f $xdir/$oldobj; then $show "(cd $xdir && ${LN_S} $baseobj $oldobj)" $run eval '(cd $xdir && ${LN_S} $baseobj $oldobj)' || exit $? fi done # Use standard objects if they are pic test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` # Prepare the list of exported symbols if test -z "$export_symbols"; then if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then $show "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" $run $rm $export_symbols eval cmds=\"$export_symbols_cmds\" save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then $show "egrep -e \"$export_symbols_regex\" \"$export_symbols\" > \"${export_symbols}T\"" $run eval 'egrep -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' $show "$mv \"${export_symbols}T\" \"$export_symbols\"" $run eval '$mv "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' fi fi fi if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then $run eval '$echo "X$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$export_symbols"' fi if test -n "$convenience"; then if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" else gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" $show "${rm}r $gentop" $run ${rm}r "$gentop" $show "mkdir $gentop" $run mkdir "$gentop" status=$? if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$gentop"; then exit $status fi generated="$generated $gentop" for xlib in $convenience; do # Extract the objects. case $xlib in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) xabs="$xlib" ;; *) xabs=`pwd`"/$xlib" ;; esac xlib=`$echo "X$xlib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` xdir="$gentop/$xlib" $show "${rm}r $xdir" $run ${rm}r "$xdir" $show "mkdir $xdir" $run mkdir "$xdir" status=$? if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$xdir"; then exit $status fi $show "(cd $xdir && $AR x $xabs)" $run eval "(cd \$xdir && $AR x \$xabs)" || exit $? libobjs="$libobjs "`find $xdir -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP` done fi fi if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\" linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag" fi # Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking if test "$mode" = relink; then $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}U && $mv $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $? fi # Do each of the archive commands. if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then eval cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\" else save_deplibs="$deplibs" for conv in $convenience; do tmp_deplibs= for test_deplib in $deplibs; do if test "$test_deplib" != "$conv"; then tmp_deplibs="$tmp_deplibs $test_deplib" fi done deplibs="$tmp_deplibs" done eval cmds=\"$archive_cmds\" deplibs="$save_deplibs" fi save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" # Restore the uninstalled library and exit if test "$mode" = relink; then $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}T && $mv $realname ${realname}T && $mv "$realname"U $realname)' || exit $? exit 0 fi # Create links to the real library. for linkname in $linknames; do if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then $show "(cd $output_objdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)" $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)' || exit $? fi done # If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname. if test "$module" = yes || test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then # On all known operating systems, these are identical. dlname="$soname" fi fi ;; obj) if test -n "$deplibs"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$rpath"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-rpath' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$xrpath"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-R' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$vinfo"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$release"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for objects" 1>&2 fi case $output in *.lo) if test -n "$objs$old_deplibs"; then $echo "$modename: cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects" 1>&2 exit 1 fi libobj="$output" obj=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` ;; *) libobj= obj="$output" ;; esac # Delete the old objects. $run $rm $obj $libobj # Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes # single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate # the extraction. reload_conv_objs= gentop= # reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec wl= if test -n "$convenience"; then if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then eval reload_conv_objs=\"\$reload_objs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" else gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x" $show "${rm}r $gentop" $run ${rm}r "$gentop" $show "mkdir $gentop" $run mkdir "$gentop" status=$? if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$gentop"; then exit $status fi generated="$generated $gentop" for xlib in $convenience; do # Extract the objects. case $xlib in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) xabs="$xlib" ;; *) xabs=`pwd`"/$xlib" ;; esac xlib=`$echo "X$xlib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` xdir="$gentop/$xlib" $show "${rm}r $xdir" $run ${rm}r "$xdir" $show "mkdir $xdir" $run mkdir "$xdir" status=$? if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$xdir"; then exit $status fi $show "(cd $xdir && $AR x $xabs)" $run eval "(cd \$xdir && $AR x \$xabs)" || exit $? reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs "`find $xdir -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP` done fi fi # Create the old-style object. reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}$'/d' -e '/\.lib$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test output="$obj" eval cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file. if test -z "$libobj"; then if test -n "$gentop"; then $show "${rm}r $gentop" $run ${rm}r $gentop fi exit 0 fi if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then if test -n "$gentop"; then $show "${rm}r $gentop" $run ${rm}r $gentop fi # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't # accidentally link it into a program. $show "echo timestamp > $libobj" $run eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $? exit 0 fi if test -n "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default; then # Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects. reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs" output="$libobj" eval cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" else # Just create a symlink. $show $rm $libobj $run $rm $libobj xdir=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$xdir" = "X$libobj"; then xdir="." else xdir="$xdir" fi baseobj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` oldobj=`$echo "X$baseobj" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` $show "(cd $xdir && $LN_S $oldobj $baseobj)" $run eval '(cd $xdir && $LN_S $oldobj $baseobj)' || exit $? fi if test -n "$gentop"; then $show "${rm}r $gentop" $run ${rm}r $gentop fi exit 0 ;; prog) case $host in *cygwin*) output=`echo $output | ${SED} -e 's,.exe$,,;s,$,.exe,'` ;; esac if test -n "$vinfo"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for programs" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$release"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for programs" 1>&2 fi if test "$preload" = yes; then if test "$dlopen_support" = unknown && test "$dlopen_self" = unknown && test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN' not used. Assuming no dlopen support." fi fi case $host in *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework compile_deplibs=`$echo "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'` finalize_deplibs=`$echo "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'` case $host in *darwin*) # Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors compile_command="$compile_command ${wl}-bind_at_load" finalize_command="$finalize_command ${wl}-bind_at_load" ;; esac ;; esac compile_command="$compile_command $compile_deplibs" finalize_command="$finalize_command $finalize_deplibs" if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do # This is the magic to use -rpath. case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;; esac done fi # Now hardcode the library paths rpath= hardcode_libdirs= for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" else # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) ;; *) hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" ;; esac fi else eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" rpath="$rpath $flag" fi elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then case "$perm_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;; esac fi case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*) case :$dllsearchpath: in *":$libdir:"*) ;; *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$libdir";; esac ;; esac done # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" fi compile_rpath="$rpath" rpath= hardcode_libdirs= for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" else # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) ;; *) hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" ;; esac fi else eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" rpath="$rpath $flag" fi elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) finalize_perm_rpath="$finalize_perm_rpath $libdir" ;; esac fi done # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" fi finalize_rpath="$rpath" if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then # Transform all the library objects into standard objects. compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` fi dlsyms= if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then dlsyms="${outputname}S.c" else $echo "$modename: not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files" 1>&2 fi fi if test -n "$dlsyms"; then case $dlsyms in "") ;; *.c) # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles. nlist="$output_objdir/${outputname}.nm" $show "$rm $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T" $run $rm "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T" # Parse the name list into a source file. $show "creating $output_objdir/$dlsyms" test -z "$run" && $echo > "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ /* $dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$outputname' dlsym emulation. */ /* Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern \"C\" { #endif /* Prevent the only kind of declaration conflicts we can make. */ #define lt_preloaded_symbols some_other_symbol /* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\ " if test "$dlself" = yes; then $show "generating symbol list for \`$output'" test -z "$run" && $echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist" # Add our own program objects to the symbol list. progfiles=`$echo "X$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` for arg in $progfiles; do $show "extracting global C symbols from \`$arg'" $run eval "$NM $arg | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" done if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then $run eval 'egrep -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' $run eval '$mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"' fi if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then $run eval 'egrep -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' $run eval '$mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"' fi # Prepare the list of exported symbols if test -z "$export_symbols"; then export_symbols="$output_objdir/$output.exp" $run $rm $export_symbols $run eval "${SED} -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@$/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"' else $run eval "${SED} -e 's/\([][.*^$]\)/\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$output.exp"' $run eval 'grep -f "$output_objdir/$output.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' $run eval 'mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"' fi fi for arg in $dlprefiles; do $show "extracting global C symbols from \`$arg'" name=`echo "$arg" | ${SED} -e 's%^.*/%%'` $run eval 'echo ": $name " >> "$nlist"' $run eval "$NM $arg | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" done if test -z "$run"; then # Make sure we have at least an empty file. test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist" if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then egrep -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T $mv "$nlist"T "$nlist" fi # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. if grep -v "^: " < "$nlist" | if sort -k 3 /dev/null 2>&1; then sort -k 3 else sort +2 fi | uniq > "$nlist"S; then : else grep -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S fi if test -f "$nlist"S; then eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms"' else echo '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" fi $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ #undef lt_preloaded_symbols #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ # define lt_ptr void * #else # define lt_ptr char * # define const #endif /* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ const struct { const char *name; lt_ptr address; } lt_preloaded_symbols[] = {\ " eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\ {0, (lt_ptr) 0} }; /* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ #ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { return lt_preloaded_symbols; } #endif #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif\ " fi pic_flag_for_symtable= case $host in # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is # linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use # pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1. *-*-freebsd2*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*) case "$compile_command " in *" -static "*) ;; *) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DPIC -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND";; esac;; *-*-hpux*) case "$compile_command " in *" -static "*) ;; *) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DPIC";; esac esac # Now compile the dynamic symbol file. $show "(cd $output_objdir && $CC -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable \"$dlsyms\")" $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $CC -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$dlsyms")' || exit $? # Clean up the generated files. $show "$rm $output_objdir/$dlsyms $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T" $run $rm "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T" # Transform the symbol file into the correct name. compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%"` finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%"` ;; *) $echo "$modename: unknown suffix for \`$dlsyms'" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac else # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to # lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe # really was required. # Nullify the symbol file. compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` fi if test $need_relink = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then # Replace the output file specification. compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath" # We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now. $show "$link_command" $run eval "$link_command" status=$? # Delete the generated files. if test -n "$dlsyms"; then $show "$rm $output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}" $run $rm "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}" fi exit $status fi if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then # We should set the shlibpath_var rpath= for dir in $temp_rpath; do case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) # Absolute path. rpath="$rpath$dir:" ;; *) # Relative path: add a thisdir entry. rpath="$rpath\$thisdir/$dir:" ;; esac done temp_rpath="$rpath" fi if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command" fi if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command" fi compile_var= finalize_var= if test -n "$runpath_var"; then if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then # We should set the runpath_var. rpath= for dir in $perm_rpath; do rpath="$rpath$dir:" done compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " fi if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then # We should set the runpath_var. rpath= for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do rpath="$rpath$dir:" done finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " fi fi if test "$no_install" = yes; then # We don't need to create a wrapper script. link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" # Replace the output file specification. link_command=`$echo "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` # Delete the old output file. $run $rm $output # Link the executable and exit $show "$link_command" $run eval "$link_command" || exit $? exit 0 fi if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then # Fast installation is not supported link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" $echo "$modename: warning: this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: \`$output' will be relinked during installation" 1>&2 else if test "$fast_install" != no; then link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath" if test "$fast_install" = yes; then relink_command=`$echo "X$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'` else # fast_install is set to needless relink_command= fi else link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" fi fi # Replace the output file specification. link_command=`$echo "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'` # Delete the old output files. $run $rm $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname $show "$link_command" $run eval "$link_command" || exit $? # Now create the wrapper script. $show "creating $output" # Quote the relink command for shipping. if test -n "$relink_command"; then # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" else var_value=`$echo "X$var_value" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` relink_command="$var=\"$var_value\"; export $var; $relink_command" fi done relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)" relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` fi # Quote $echo for shipping. if test "X$echo" = "X$SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"; then case $0 in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) qecho="$SHELL $0 --fallback-echo";; *) qecho="$SHELL `pwd`/$0 --fallback-echo";; esac qecho=`$echo "X$qecho" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` else qecho=`$echo "X$echo" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` fi # Only actually do things if our run command is non-null. if test -z "$run"; then # win32 will think the script is a binary if it has # a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here. case $output in *.exe) output=`echo $output|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'` ;; esac # test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions case $host in *cygwin*) exeext=.exe ;; *) exeext= ;; esac $rm $output trap "$rm $output; exit 1" 1 2 15 $echo > $output "\ #! $SHELL # $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname # Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP # # The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool # libraries that it depends on are installed. # # This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory. # If it is, it will not operate correctly. # Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies # metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. Xsed="${SED}"' -e 1s/^X//' sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' # The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout # if CDPATH is set. if test \"\${CDPATH+set}\" = set; then CDPATH=:; export CDPATH; fi relink_command=\"$relink_command\" # This environment variable determines our operation mode. if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then # install mode needs the following variable: notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs' else # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$echo are already set. if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then echo=\"$qecho\" file=\"\$0\" # Make sure echo works. if test \"X\$1\" = X--no-reexec; then # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. shift elif test \"X\`(\$echo '\t') 2>/dev/null\`\" = 'X\t'; then # Yippee, \$echo works! : else # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe \$echo will work. exec $SHELL \"\$0\" --no-reexec \${1+\"\$@\"} fi fi\ " $echo >> $output "\ # Find the directory that this script lives in. thisdir=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=. # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir. file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\` while test -n \"\$file\"; do destdir=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\` # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir. if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then case \"\$destdir\" in [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;; *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;; esac fi file=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'\` file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\` done # Try to get the absolute directory name. absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\` test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\" " if test "$fast_install" = yes; then echo >> $output "\ program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" || \\ { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | ${SED} 1q\`; \\ test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then file=\"\$\$-\$program\" if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then $mkdir \"\$progdir\" else $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\" fi" echo >> $output "\ # relink executable if necessary if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then : else $echo \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2 $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\" exit 1 fi fi $mv \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null || { $rm \"\$progdir/\$program\"; $mv \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; } $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\" fi" else echo >> $output "\ program='$outputname' progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" " fi echo >> $output "\ if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then" # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one. if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then $echo >> $output "\ # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\" # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 ${SED} $shlibpath_var=\`\$echo \"X\$$shlibpath_var\" | \$Xsed -e 's/::*\$//'\` export $shlibpath_var " fi # fixup the dll searchpath if we need to. if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then $echo >> $output "\ # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH " fi $echo >> $output "\ if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then # Run the actual program with our arguments. " case $host in # win32 systems need to use the prog path for dll # lookup to work *-*-cygwin* | *-*-pw32*) $echo >> $output "\ exec \$progdir/\$program \${1+\"\$@\"} " ;; # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows *-*-mingw | *-*-os2*) $echo >> $output "\ exec \$progdir\\\\\$program \${1+\"\$@\"} " ;; *) $echo >> $output "\ # Export the path to the program. PATH=\"\$progdir:\$PATH\" export PATH exec \$program \${1+\"\$@\"} " ;; esac $echo >> $output "\ \$echo \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \${1+\"\$@\"}\" exit 1 fi else # The program doesn't exist. \$echo \"\$0: error: \$progdir/\$program does not exist\" 1>&2 \$echo \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2 echo \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2 exit 1 fi fi\ " chmod +x $output fi exit 0 ;; esac # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive. for oldlib in $oldlibs; do if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then oldobjs="$libobjs_save" addlibs="$convenience" build_libtool_libs=no else if test "$build_libtool_libs" = module; then oldobjs="$libobjs_save" build_libtool_libs=no else oldobjs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$echo "X$libobjs_save" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}'$/d' -e '/\.lib$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` fi addlibs="$old_convenience" fi if test -n "$addlibs"; then gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" $show "${rm}r $gentop" $run ${rm}r "$gentop" $show "mkdir $gentop" $run mkdir "$gentop" status=$? if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$gentop"; then exit $status fi generated="$generated $gentop" # Add in members from convenience archives. for xlib in $addlibs; do # Extract the objects. case $xlib in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) xabs="$xlib" ;; *) xabs=`pwd`"/$xlib" ;; esac xlib=`$echo "X$xlib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` xdir="$gentop/$xlib" $show "${rm}r $xdir" $run ${rm}r "$xdir" $show "mkdir $xdir" $run mkdir "$xdir" status=$? if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$xdir"; then exit $status fi $show "(cd $xdir && $AR x $xabs)" $run eval "(cd \$xdir && $AR x \$xabs)" || exit $? oldobjs="$oldobjs "`find $xdir -name \*.${objext} -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP` done fi # Do each command in the archive commands. if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then eval cmds=\"$old_archive_from_new_cmds\" else # Ensure that we have .o objects in place in case we decided # not to build a shared library, and have fallen back to building # static libs even though --disable-static was passed! for oldobj in $oldobjs; do if test ! -f $oldobj; then xdir=`$echo "X$oldobj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$xdir" = "X$oldobj"; then xdir="." else xdir="$xdir" fi baseobj=`$echo "X$oldobj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` obj=`$echo "X$baseobj" | $Xsed -e "$o2lo"` $show "(cd $xdir && ${LN_S} $obj $baseobj)" $run eval '(cd $xdir && ${LN_S} $obj $baseobj)' || exit $? fi done eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" fi save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" done if test -n "$generated"; then $show "${rm}r$generated" $run ${rm}r$generated fi # Now create the libtool archive. case $output in *.la) old_library= test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext" $show "creating $output" # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" else var_value=`$echo "X$var_value" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` relink_command="$var=\"$var_value\"; export $var; $relink_command" fi done # Quote the link command for shipping. relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $0 --mode=relink $libtool_args)" relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` # Only create the output if not a dry run. if test -z "$run"; then for installed in no yes; do if test "$installed" = yes; then if test -z "$install_libdir"; then break fi output="$output_objdir/$outputname"i # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones newdependency_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do case $deplib in *.la) name=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` if test -z "$libdir"; then $echo "$modename: \`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 exit 1 fi newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $libdir/$name" ;; *) newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $deplib" ;; esac done dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" newdlfiles= for lib in $dlfiles; do name=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` if test -z "$libdir"; then $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 exit 1 fi newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $libdir/$name" done dlfiles="$newdlfiles" newdlprefiles= for lib in $dlprefiles; do name=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` if test -z "$libdir"; then $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 exit 1 fi newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $libdir/$name" done dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" fi $rm $output # place dlname in correct position for cygwin tdlname=$dlname case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) tdlname=../bin/$dlname ;; esac $echo > $output "\ # $outputname - a libtool library file # Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP # # Please DO NOT delete this file! # It is necessary for linking the library. # The name that we can dlopen(3). dlname='$tdlname' # Names of this library. library_names='$library_names' # The name of the static archive. old_library='$old_library' # Libraries that this one depends upon. dependency_libs='$dependency_libs' # Version information for $libname. current=$current age=$age revision=$revision # Is this an already installed library? installed=$installed # Files to dlopen/dlpreopen dlopen='$dlfiles' dlpreopen='$dlprefiles' # Directory that this library needs to be installed in: libdir='$install_libdir'" if test "$installed" = no && test $need_relink = yes; then $echo >> $output "\ relink_command=\"$relink_command\"" fi done fi # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed. $show "(cd $output_objdir && $rm $outputname && $LN_S ../$outputname $outputname)" $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm $outputname && $LN_S ../$outputname $outputname)' || exit $? ;; esac exit 0 ;; # libtool install mode install) modename="$modename: install" # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of # install_prog (especially on Windows NT). if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh || # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command. $echo "X$nonopt" | $Xsed | grep shtool > /dev/null; then # Aesthetically quote it. arg=`$echo "X$nonopt" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case $arg in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*) arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac install_prog="$arg " arg="$1" shift else install_prog= arg="$nonopt" fi # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program. # Aesthetically quote it. arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case $arg in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*) arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac install_prog="$install_prog$arg" # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags. dest= files= opts= prev= install_type= isdir=no stripme= for arg do if test -n "$dest"; then files="$files $dest" dest="$arg" continue fi case $arg in -d) isdir=yes ;; -f) prev="-f" ;; -g) prev="-g" ;; -m) prev="-m" ;; -o) prev="-o" ;; -s) stripme=" -s" continue ;; -*) ;; *) # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it. if test -n "$prev"; then prev= else dest="$arg" continue fi ;; esac # Aesthetically quote the argument. arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case $arg in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*) arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac install_prog="$install_prog $arg" done if test -z "$install_prog"; then $echo "$modename: you must specify an install program" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test -n "$prev"; then $echo "$modename: the \`$prev' option requires an argument" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test -z "$files"; then if test -z "$dest"; then $echo "$modename: no file or destination specified" 1>&2 else $echo "$modename: you must specify a destination" 1>&2 fi $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Strip any trailing slash from the destination. dest=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%/$%%'` # Check to see that the destination is a directory. test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes if test "$isdir" = yes; then destdir="$dest" destname= else destdir=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "X$destdir" = "X$dest" && destdir=. destname=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified. set dummy $files if test $# -gt 2; then $echo "$modename: \`$dest' is not a directory" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi fi case $destdir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) for file in $files; do case $file in *.lo) ;; *) $echo "$modename: \`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac done ;; esac # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather # than running their programs. libtool_install_magic="$magic" staticlibs= future_libdirs= current_libdirs= for file in $files; do # Do each installation. case $file in *.$libext) # Do the static libraries later. staticlibs="$staticlibs $file" ;; *.la) # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else $echo "$modename: \`$file' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi library_names= old_library= relink_command= # If there is no directory component, then add one. case $file in */* | *\\*) . $file ;; *) . ./$file ;; esac # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination. if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then case "$current_libdirs " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) current_libdirs="$current_libdirs $libdir" ;; esac else # Note the libdir as a future libdir. case "$future_libdirs " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) future_libdirs="$future_libdirs $libdir" ;; esac fi dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`/ test "X$dir" = "X$file/" && dir= dir="$dir$objdir" if test -n "$relink_command"; then $echo "$modename: warning: relinking \`$file'" 1>&2 $show "$relink_command" if $run eval "$relink_command"; then : else $echo "$modename: error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" 1>&2 continue fi fi # See the names of the shared library. set dummy $library_names if test -n "$2"; then realname="$2" shift shift srcname="$realname" test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T # Install the shared library and build the symlinks. $show "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" $run eval "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" || exit $? if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then $show "$striplib $destdir/$realname" $run eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" || exit $? fi if test $# -gt 0; then # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones. for linkname do if test "$linkname" != "$realname"; then $show "(cd $destdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)" $run eval "(cd $destdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)" fi done fi # Do each command in the postinstall commands. lib="$destdir/$realname" eval cmds=\"$postinstall_cmds\" save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" fi # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes. name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` instname="$dir/$name"i $show "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" $run eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" || exit $? # Maybe install the static library, too. test -n "$old_library" && staticlibs="$staticlibs $dir/$old_library" ;; *.lo) # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object. # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. if test -n "$destname"; then destfile="$destdir/$destname" else destfile=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` destfile="$destdir/$destfile" fi # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file. case $destfile in *.lo) staticdest=`$echo "X$destfile" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` ;; *.$objext) staticdest="$destfile" destfile= ;; *) $echo "$modename: cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # Install the libtool object if requested. if test -n "$destfile"; then $show "$install_prog $file $destfile" $run eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" || exit $? fi # Install the old object if enabled. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then # Deduce the name of the old-style object file. staticobj=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` $show "$install_prog $staticobj $staticdest" $run eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" || exit $? fi exit 0 ;; *) # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. if test -n "$destname"; then destfile="$destdir/$destname" else destfile=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` destfile="$destdir/$destfile" fi # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. case $host in *cygwin*|*mingw*) wrapper=`echo $file | ${SED} -e 's,.exe$,,'` ;; *) wrapper=$file ;; esac if (${SED} -e '4q' $wrapper | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE")>/dev/null 2>&1; then notinst_deplibs= relink_command= # If there is no directory component, then add one. case $file in */* | *\\*) . $wrapper ;; *) . ./$wrapper ;; esac # Check the variables that should have been set. if test -z "$notinst_deplibs"; then $echo "$modename: invalid libtool wrapper script \`$wrapper'" 1>&2 exit 1 fi finalize=yes for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do # Check to see that each library is installed. libdir= if test -f "$lib"; then # If there is no directory component, then add one. case $lib in */* | *\\*) . $lib ;; *) . ./$lib ;; esac fi libfile="$libdir/"`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'" 1>&2 finalize=no fi done relink_command= # If there is no directory component, then add one. case $file in */* | *\\*) . $wrapper ;; *) . ./$wrapper ;; esac outputname= if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then if test "$finalize" = yes && test -z "$run"; then tmpdir="/tmp" test -n "$TMPDIR" && tmpdir="$TMPDIR" tmpdir="$tmpdir/libtool-$$" if $mkdir -p "$tmpdir" && chmod 700 "$tmpdir"; then : else $echo "$modename: error: cannot create temporary directory \`$tmpdir'" 1>&2 continue fi file=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` outputname="$tmpdir/$file" # Replace the output file specification. relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'` $show "$relink_command" if $run eval "$relink_command"; then : else $echo "$modename: error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" 1>&2 ${rm}r "$tmpdir" continue fi file="$outputname" else $echo "$modename: warning: cannot relink \`$file'" 1>&2 fi else # Install the binary that we compiled earlier. file=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"` fi fi # remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another # one anyways case $install_prog,$host in /usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*) case $file:$destfile in *.exe:*.exe) # this is ok ;; *.exe:*) destfile=$destfile.exe ;; *:*.exe) destfile=`echo $destfile | ${SED} -e 's,.exe$,,'` ;; esac ;; esac $show "$install_prog$stripme $file $destfile" $run eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" || exit $? test -n "$outputname" && ${rm}r "$tmpdir" ;; esac done for file in $staticlibs; do name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` # Set up the ranlib parameters. oldlib="$destdir/$name" $show "$install_prog $file $oldlib" $run eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" || exit $? if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then $show "$old_striplib $oldlib" $run eval "$old_striplib $oldlib" || exit $? fi # Do each command in the postinstall commands. eval cmds=\"$old_postinstall_cmds\" save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" done if test -n "$future_libdirs"; then $echo "$modename: warning: remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then # Maybe just do a dry run. test -n "$run" && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs" exec_cmd='$SHELL $0 --finish$current_libdirs' else exit 0 fi ;; # libtool finish mode finish) modename="$modename: finish" libdirs="$nonopt" admincmds= if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then for dir do libdirs="$libdirs $dir" done for libdir in $libdirs; do if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then # Do each command in the finish commands. eval cmds=\"$finish_cmds\" save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || admincmds="$admincmds $cmd" done IFS="$save_ifs" fi if test -n "$finish_eval"; then # Do the single finish_eval. eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\" $run eval "$cmds" || admincmds="$admincmds $cmds" fi done fi # Exit here if they wanted silent mode. test "$show" = ":" && exit 0 echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------" echo "Libraries have been installed in:" for libdir in $libdirs; do echo " $libdir" done echo echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries" echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and" echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'" echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:" if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable" echo " during execution" fi if test -n "$runpath_var"; then echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable" echo " during linking" fi if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then libdir=LIBDIR eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" echo " - use the \`$flag' linker flag" fi if test -n "$admincmds"; then echo " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds" fi if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then echo " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'" fi echo echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for" echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages." echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------" exit 0 ;; # libtool execute mode execute) modename="$modename: execute" # The first argument is the command name. cmd="$nonopt" if test -z "$cmd"; then $echo "$modename: you must specify a COMMAND" 1>&2 $echo "$help" exit 1 fi # Handle -dlopen flags immediately. for file in $execute_dlfiles; do if test ! -f "$file"; then $echo "$modename: \`$file' is not a file" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi dir= case $file in *.la) # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Read the libtool library. dlname= library_names= # If there is no directory component, then add one. case $file in */* | *\\*) . $file ;; *) . ./$file ;; esac # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened. if test -z "$dlname"; then # Warn if it was a shared library. test -n "$library_names" && $echo "$modename: warning: \`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'" continue fi dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=. if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then dir="$dir/$objdir" else $echo "$modename: cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'" 1>&2 exit 1 fi ;; *.lo) # Just add the directory containing the .lo file. dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=. ;; *) $echo "$modename: warning \`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects" 1>&2 continue ;; esac # Get the absolute pathname. absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir" # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var. if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\"" else eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\"" fi done # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var # rather than running their programs. libtool_execute_magic="$magic" # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script. args= for file do case $file in -*) ;; *) # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. if (${SED} -e '4q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then # If there is no directory component, then add one. case $file in */* | *\\*) . $file ;; *) . ./$file ;; esac # Transform arg to wrapped name. file="$progdir/$program" fi ;; esac # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters). file=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` args="$args \"$file\"" done if test -z "$run"; then if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then # Export the shlibpath_var. eval "export $shlibpath_var" fi # Restore saved enviroment variables if test "${save_LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL="$save_LC_ALL"; export LC_ALL fi if test "${save_LANG+set}" = set; then LANG="$save_LANG"; export LANG fi # Now prepare to actually exec the command. exec_cmd="\$cmd$args" else # Display what would be done. if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then eval "\$echo \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\"" $echo "export $shlibpath_var" fi $echo "$cmd$args" exit 0 fi ;; # libtool clean and uninstall mode clean | uninstall) modename="$modename: $mode" rm="$nonopt" files= rmforce= exit_status=0 # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather # than running their programs. libtool_install_magic="$magic" for arg do case $arg in -f) rm="$rm $arg"; rmforce=yes ;; -*) rm="$rm $arg" ;; *) files="$files $arg" ;; esac done if test -z "$rm"; then $echo "$modename: you must specify an RM program" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi rmdirs= for file in $files; do dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$dir" = "X$file"; then dir=. objdir="$objdir" else objdir="$dir/$objdir" fi name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` test $mode = uninstall && objdir="$dir" # Remember objdir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates if test $mode = clean; then case " $rmdirs " in *" $objdir "*) ;; *) rmdirs="$rmdirs $objdir" ;; esac fi # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used. if (test -L "$file") >/dev/null 2>&1 \ || (test -h "$file") >/dev/null 2>&1 \ || test -f "$file"; then : elif test -d "$file"; then exit_status=1 continue elif test "$rmforce" = yes; then continue fi rmfiles="$file" case $name in *.la) # Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it. if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then . $dir/$name # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks. for n in $library_names; do rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$n" done test -n "$old_library" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$old_library" test $mode = clean && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}i" if test $mode = uninstall; then if test -n "$library_names"; then # Do each command in the postuninstall commands. eval cmds=\"$postuninstall_cmds\" save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" if test $? != 0 && test "$rmforce" != yes; then exit_status=1 fi done IFS="$save_ifs" fi if test -n "$old_library"; then # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands. eval cmds=\"$old_postuninstall_cmds\" save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" if test $? != 0 && test "$rmforce" != yes; then exit_status=1 fi done IFS="$save_ifs" fi # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library. fi fi ;; *.lo) if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then oldobj=`$echo "X$name" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$oldobj" fi ;; *) # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program. if test $mode = clean && (${SED} -e '4q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then relink_command= . $dir/$file rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}S.${objext}" if test "$fast_install" = yes && test -n "$relink_command"; then rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-$name" fi fi ;; esac $show "$rm $rmfiles" $run $rm $rmfiles || exit_status=1 done # Try to remove the ${objdir}s in the directories where we deleted files for dir in $rmdirs; do if test -d "$dir"; then $show "rmdir $dir" $run rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1 fi done exit $exit_status ;; "") $echo "$modename: you must specify a MODE" 1>&2 $echo "$generic_help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac if test -z "$exec_cmd"; then $echo "$modename: invalid operation mode \`$mode'" 1>&2 $echo "$generic_help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi fi # test -z "$show_help" if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then eval exec $exec_cmd exit 1 fi # We need to display help for each of the modes. case $mode in "") $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]... Provide generalized library-building support services. --config show all configuration variables --debug enable verbose shell tracing -n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files --features display basic configuration information and exit --finish same as \`--mode=finish' --help display this help message and exit --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE [default=inferred from MODE-ARGS] --quiet same as \`--silent' --silent don't print informational messages --version print version information MODE must be one of the following: clean remove files from the build directory compile compile a source file into a libtool object execute automatically set library path, then run a program finish complete the installation of libtool libraries install install libraries or executables link create a library or an executable uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. Try \`$modename --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE." exit 0 ;; clean) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... Remove files from the build directory. RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE (typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed to RM. If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." ;; compile) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE Compile a source file into a libtool library object. This mode accepts the following additional options: -o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE -prefer-pic try to building PIC objects only -prefer-non-pic try to building non-PIC objects only -static always build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file from the given SOURCEFILE. The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the library object suffix, \`.lo'." ;; execute) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]... Automatically set library path, then run a program. This mode accepts the following additional options: -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen' flags. If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library directories are added to the library path. Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments." ;; finish) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]... Complete the installation of libtool libraries. Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries. The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed." ;; install) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND... Install executables or libraries. INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be either the \`install' or \`cp' program. The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only BSD-compatible install options are recognized)." ;; link) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND... Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to create an executable program. LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create a program from several object files. The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially: -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all -avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible -dlopen FILE \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3) -export-symbols SYMFILE try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE -export-symbols-regex REGEX try to export only the symbols matching REGEX -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME -module build a library that can dlopened -no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode -no-install link a not-installable executable -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects -release RELEASE specify package release information -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR -R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries -static do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]] specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0] All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored. Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in \`.la' are treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library object files. If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created, only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is required, except when creating a convenience library. If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'. If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file is created, otherwise an executable program is created." ;; uninstall) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... Remove libraries from an installation directory. RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE (typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed to RM. If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." ;; *) $echo "$modename: invalid operation mode \`$mode'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac echo $echo "Try \`$modename --help' for more information about other modes." exit 0 # Local Variables: # mode:shell-script # sh-indentation:2 # End: tamu_anova-0.2/mdate-sh0000744000156100017520000001013010336253445012056 00000000000000#!/bin/sh # Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it. # Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # written by Ulrich Drepper , June 1995 # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, # Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Prevent date giving response in another language. LANG=C export LANG LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LC_TIME=C export LC_TIME save_arg1="$1" # Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory. if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then ls_command='ls -L -l -d' else ls_command='ls -l -d' fi # A `ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2. # drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo # This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information. # drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo # # To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words # until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a # user named `Jan', or `Feb', etc. However, it's unlikely that `/' # will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at # the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many # words should be skipped to get the date. # On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below. set - x`$ls_command /` # Find which argument is the month. month= command= until test $month do shift # Add another shift to the command. command="$command shift;" case $1 in Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; May) month=May; nummonth=5;; Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; esac done # Get the extended ls output of the file or directory. set - x`eval "$ls_command \"\$save_arg1\""` # Remove all preceding arguments eval $command # Get the month. Next argument is day, followed by the year or time. case $1 in Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; May) month=May; nummonth=5;; Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; esac day=$2 # Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either # the time of day or the year. case $3 in *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$# case $2 in Jan) nummonthtod=1;; Feb) nummonthtod=2;; Mar) nummonthtod=3;; Apr) nummonthtod=4;; May) nummonthtod=5;; Jun) nummonthtod=6;; Jul) nummonthtod=7;; Aug) nummonthtod=8;; Sep) nummonthtod=9;; Oct) nummonthtod=10;; Nov) nummonthtod=11;; Dec) nummonthtod=12;; esac # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also # be used for files modified in the last year. if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null; then year=`expr $year - 1` fi;; *) year=$3;; esac # The result. echo $day $month $year tamu_anova-0.2/missing0000755000156100017520000002540610442312174012034 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing. scriptversion=2005-06-08.21 # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Originally by Fran,cois Pinard , 1996. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA # 02110-1301, USA. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. if test $# -eq 0; then echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 fi run=: # In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the # srcdir already. if test -f configure.ac; then configure_ac=configure.ac else configure_ac=configure.in fi msg="missing on your system" case "$1" in --run) # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds. run= shift "$@" && exit 0 # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on # a file that requires a minimum version. In this case we # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or # if --run hadn't been passed. if test $? = 63; then run=: msg="probably too old" fi ;; -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) echo "\ $0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM. Options: -h, --help display this help and exit -v, --version output version information and exit --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails Supported PROGRAM values: aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4' autoconf touch file \`configure' autoheader touch file \`config.h.in' automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c help2man touch the output file lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c makeinfo touch the output file tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] Send bug reports to ." exit $? ;; -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)" exit $? ;; -*) echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option" echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 ;; esac # Now exit if we have it, but it failed. Also exit now if we # don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect # the program). case "$1" in lex|yacc) # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version. ;; tar) if test -n "$run"; then echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run" exit 1 elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then exit 1 fi ;; *) if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have it, but it failed. exit 1 elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then # Could not run --version or --help. This is probably someone # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing. exit 1 fi ;; esac # If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version), # try to emulate it. case "$1" in aclocal*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." touch aclocal.m4 ;; autoconf) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." touch configure ;; autoheader) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}` test -z "$files" && files="config.h" touch_files= for f in $files; do case "$f" in *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" | sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;; *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";; esac done touch $touch_files ;; automake*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print | sed 's/\.am$/.in/' | while read f; do touch "$f"; done ;; autom4te) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg. You might have modified some files without having the proper tools for further handling them. You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU archive site." file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output[ =]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o[ ]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` if test -f "$file"; then touch $file else test -z "$file" || exec >$file echo "#! /bin/sh" echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of" echo "# $ $@" echo "exit 0" chmod +x $file exit 1 fi ;; bison|yacc) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Bison' from any GNU archive site." rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then eval LASTARG="\${$#}" case "$LASTARG" in *.y) SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'` if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c fi SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'` if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h fi ;; esac fi if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then echo >y.tab.h fi if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c fi ;; lex|flex) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Flex' from any GNU archive site." rm -f lex.yy.c if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then eval LASTARG="\${$#}" case "$LASTARG" in *.l) SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'` if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c fi ;; esac fi if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c fi ;; help2man) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site." file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` if test -z "$file"; then file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output=\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` fi if [ -f "$file" ]; then touch $file else test -z "$file" || exec >$file echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page" exit 1 fi ;; makeinfo) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX, DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site." # The file to touch is that specified with -o ... file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` if test -z "$file"; then # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ... infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'` file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $infile` # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info) test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info fi # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo; # let's fail without touching anything. test -f $file || exit 1 touch $file ;; tar) shift # We have already tried tar in the generic part. # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error # messages. if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then gnutar "$@" && exit 0 fi if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then gtar "$@" && exit 0 fi firstarg="$1" if shift; then case "$firstarg" in *o*) firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//` tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 ;; esac case "$firstarg" in *h*) firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//` tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 ;; esac fi echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments. You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the command line arguments." exit 1 ;; *) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg. You might have modified some files without having the proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file, it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program." exit 1 ;; esac exit 0 # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-end: "$" # End: tamu_anova-0.2/texinfo.tex0000644000156100017520000066176610345665745012673 00000000000000% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. % % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi % \def\texinfoversion{2003-05-04.08} % % Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, % 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. % % This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or % modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as % published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at % your option) any later version. % % This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be % useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty % of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU % General Public License for more details. % % You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License % along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write % to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, % Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. % % In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program. % You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve % what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! % % Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug % reports; you can get the latest version from: % ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/texinfo.tex % (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html) % ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex % (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org), % and /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines. % % The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. % % The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out % of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. % % Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a % complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the % problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. % % To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the % texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple % manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: % tex foo.texi % texindex foo.?? % tex foo.texi % tex foo.texi % dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. % The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. % Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more % than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. % % It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some % extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the % full Texinfo distribution. \message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} % If in a .fmt file, print the version number % and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because % they might have appeared in the input file name. \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} \message{Basics,} \chardef\other=12 % We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. % For @tex, we can use \tabalign. \let\+ = \relax % Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. \let\ptexb=\b \let\ptexbullet=\bullet \let\ptexc=\c \let\ptexcomma=\, \let\ptexdot=\. \let\ptexdots=\dots \let\ptexend=\end \let\ptexequiv=\equiv \let\ptexexclam=\! \let\ptexgtr=> \let\ptexhat=^ \let\ptexi=\i \let\ptexindent=\indent \let\ptexlbrace=\{ \let\ptexless=< \let\ptexplus=+ \let\ptexrbrace=\} \let\ptexslash=\/ \let\ptexstar=\* \let\ptext=\t % If this character appears in an error message or help string, it % starts a new line in the output. \newlinechar = `^^J % Set up fixed words for English if not already set. \ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi \ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi \ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi \ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi \ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi \ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi \ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi \ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi \ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi \ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi \ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi \ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi \ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi \ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi \ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi \ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi \ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi \ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi \ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi % \ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi \ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi \ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi \ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi \ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi \ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi \ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi \ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi \ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi \ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi \ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi \ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi % \ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi \ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi \ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi \ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi \ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi \ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi \ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi % In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is % in some cases the escape char. \chardef\colonChar = `\: \chardef\commaChar = `\, \chardef\dotChar = `\. \chardef\equalChar = `\= \chardef\exclamChar= `\! \chardef\questChar = `\? \chardef\semiChar = `\; \chardef\spaceChar = `\ % \chardef\underChar = `\_ % Ignore a token. % \def\gobble#1{} % True if #1 is the empty string, i.e., called like `\ifempty{}'. % \def\ifempty#1{\ifemptyx #1\emptymarkA\emptymarkB}% \def\ifemptyx#1#2\emptymarkB{\ifx #1\emptymarkA}% % Hyphenation fixes. \hyphenation{ap-pen-dix} \hyphenation{eshell} \hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers} \hyphenation{time-stamp} \hyphenation{white-space} % Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. \newdimen\bindingoffset \newdimen\normaloffset \newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file % and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, % since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make % some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log % file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. % \def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% \def\loggingall{% \tracingstats2 \tracingpages1 \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingoutput1 \tracingmacros2 \tracingrestores1 \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging \tracingscantokens1 \tracingifs1 \tracinggroups1 \tracingnesting2 \tracingassigns1 \fi \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex \errorcontextlines\maxdimen }% % add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing % we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. % \def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} \def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} \def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} % For @cropmarks command. % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. % \newif\ifcropmarks \let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue % % Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. % Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 % \newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines \newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc \newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt \newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in % Main output routine. \chardef\PAGE = 255 \output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} \newbox\headlinebox \newbox\footlinebox % \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents % does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. \def\onepageout#1{% \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi % \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi % % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% % {% % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends % before the \shipout runs. % \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. \shipout\vbox{% % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi % \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup \hsize = \outerhsize \vskip-\topandbottommargin \vtop to0pt{% \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% \nointerlineskip \line{% \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% \hfill \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% }% \vss}% \vskip\topandbottommargin \line\bgroup \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi \vbox\bgroup \fi % \unvbox\headlinebox \pagebody{#1}% \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.) % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. \vskip 2\baselineskip \unvbox\footlinebox \fi % \ifcropmarks \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick \vbox to0pt{\vss \line{% \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% \hfill \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% }% \nointerlineskip \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% }% \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause \fi }% end of \shipout\vbox }% end of group with \normalturnoffactive \advancepageno \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi } \newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen \def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} {\catcode`\@ =11 \gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi % marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) \ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi \dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1 \ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi \ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} } % Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are % offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize % (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) % \def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} \def\nstop{\vbox {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} \def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} \def\nsbot{\vbox {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} % Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of % the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a % macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. % \def\parsearg#1{% \let\next = #1% \begingroup \obeylines \futurelet\temp\parseargx } % If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or % the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done. \def\parseargx{% % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces. \ifx\obeyedspace\temp \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace \else \expandafter\parseargline \fi } % Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call). {\obeyspaces % \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}} {\obeylines % \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. % % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment. % Result of each macro is put in \toks0. \argremovec #1\c\relax % \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax % % % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg. \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}% }% } % Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX % do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call % in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is % just to delimit the argument to the \c. \def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} \def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} % \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g., % @end itemize @c foo % will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the % `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the % result to \toks0. % % This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces % in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded. % Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever % does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed % here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of % \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument % that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it. % \def\removeactivespaces#1{% \begingroup \ignoreactivespaces \edef\temp{#1}% \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}% \endgroup } % Change the active space to expand to nothing. % \begingroup \obeyspaces \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty} \endgroup \def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} %% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away %% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup) \newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi} \def\ENVcheck{% \ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue} \endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage % @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now. \newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} \outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx} \def\beginxxx #1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax {\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else \csname #1\endcsname\fi} % @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. % \def\end{\parsearg\endxxx} \def\endxxx #1{% \removeactivespaces{#1}% \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}% % \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo. \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}% \else \unmatchedenderror\endthing \fi \else % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started. \csname E\endthing\endcsname \fi } % There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error. % \def\unmatchedenderror#1{% \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}% } % Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error. % \def\defineunmatchedend#1{% \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}% } %% Simple single-character @ commands % @@ prints an @ % Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). \def\@{{\tt\char64}} % This is turned off because it was never documented % and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. %% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' %% but suppressing ligatures. %\def\`{{`}} %\def\'{{'}} % Used to generate quoted braces. \def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} \def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} \let\{=\mylbrace \let\}=\myrbrace \begingroup % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, % and @{ and @} for the aux file. \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% !endgroup % Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent % Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. \let\, = \c \let\dotaccent = \. \def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} \let\tieaccent = \t \let\ubaraccent = \b \let\udotaccent = \d % Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown % Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. \def\questiondown{?`} \def\exclamdown{!`} % Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. \def\imacro{i} \def\jmacro{j} \def\dotless#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% \fi\fi } % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space % at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and % since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the % penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. {\catcode`@ = 11 % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble % if the definition is written into an index file. \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } } % @: forces normal size whitespace following. \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } % @* forces a line break. \def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} % @/ allows a line break. \let\/=\allowbreak % @. is an end-of-sentence period. \def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 } % @! is an end-of-sentence bang. \def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 } % @? is an end-of-sentence query. \def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 } % @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the % beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would % produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. \def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} % @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing % it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box % to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for % \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is % max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, % therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and % the text is small, which looks bad. % % Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can % cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it % does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an % explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The % threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit % percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). % \newbox\groupbox \def\vfilllimit{0.7} % \def\group{\begingroup \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% \fi % % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space % above. But it's pretty close. \def\Egroup{% \egroup % End the \vtop. % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big % group, force a page break. \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight \page \fi \fi \copy\groupbox \endgroup % End the \group. }% % \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it. % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself. % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line. \everypar = {\strut}% % % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's % normal interline spacing. \offinterlineskip % % OK, but now we have to do something about blank % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an % empty paragraph. \ifx\par\lisppar \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}% % % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par. \obeylines \fi % % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. \comment } % % TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help % message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. % \newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% where each line of input produces a line of output.} % @need space-in-mils % forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. \newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in \def\need{\parsearg\needx} % Old definition--didn't work. %\def\needx #1{\par % %% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally %% if the depth of the box does not fit. %{\baselineskip=0pt% %\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak %\prevdepth=-1000pt %}} \def\needx#1{% % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a % paragraph. \par % % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. \dimen0 = #1\mil \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 % % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. % And a page break here is fine. \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% % % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. % % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. \penalty9999 % % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. \kern -#1\mil % % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. \nobreak \fi } % @br forces paragraph break \let\br = \par % @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font. % We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter % font as three actual period characters. % \def\dots{% \leavevmode \hbox to 1.5em{% \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil .\hss.\hss.% \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil }% } % @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. % \def\enddots{% \leavevmode \hbox to 2em{% \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil .\hss.\hss.\hss.% \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil }% \spacefactor=3000 } % @page forces the start of a new page. % \def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} % @exdent text.... % outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin % This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. % That's how much \exdent should take out. \newskip\exdentamount % This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. \def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy} \def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} % This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. \def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy} \def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} % @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current % paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion % class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. % \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} % \def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% \nobreak \kern-\strutdepth \vtop to \strutdepth{% \baselineskip=\strutdepth \vss % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. \ifx#1l% \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% \else \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% \fi \null }% }} \def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} \def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} % % @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} % (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; % else use TEXT for both). % \def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} \def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts \def\righttext{#2}% \else \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text \def\righttext{#1}% \fi % \ifodd\pageno \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin \else \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% \fi \temp } % @include file insert text of that file as input. % Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). \def\include{\begingroup \catcode`\\=\other \catcode`~=\other \catcode`^=\other \catcode`_=\other \catcode`|=\other \catcode`<=\other \catcode`>=\other \catcode`+=\other \parsearg\includezzz} % Restore active chars for included file. \def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work. \def\thisfile{#1}% \let\value=\expandablevalue \input\thisfile \endgroup} \def\thisfile{} % @center line % outputs that line, centered. % \def\center{\parsearg\docenter} \def\docenter#1{{% \ifhmode \hfil\break \fi \advance\hsize by -\leftskip \advance\hsize by -\rightskip \line{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% \ifhmode \break \fi }} % @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space \def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx} \def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip} % @comment ...line which is ignored... % @c is the same as @comment % @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment \def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% \commentxxx} {\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} \let\c=\comment % @paragraphindent NCHARS % We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. % NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. % We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. % \def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords \def\noneword{none} % \def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent} \def\doparagraphindent#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\asisword \else \ifx\temp\noneword \defaultparindent = 0pt \else \defaultparindent = #1em \fi \fi \parindent = \defaultparindent } % @exampleindent NCHARS % We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. % It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but % I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. \def\exampleindent{\parsearg\doexampleindent} \def\doexampleindent#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\asisword \else \ifx\temp\noneword \lispnarrowing = 0pt \else \lispnarrowing = #1em \fi \fi } % @firstparagraphindent WORD % If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph % after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indentat such % paragraphs. % % The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling % \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. We % switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. By % default, we suppress indentation. % \def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} \newdimen\currentparindent % \def\insertword{insert} % \def\firstparagraphindent{\parsearg\dofirstparagraphindent} \def\dofirstparagraphindent#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\noneword \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent \else\ifx\temp\insertword \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% \fi\fi } % Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to % \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. % % We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next % paragraph. % \gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% \gdef\indent{% \global\let\indent=\ptexindent \global\everypar = {}% }% \global\everypar = {% \kern-\parindent \global\let\indent=\ptexindent \global\everypar = {}% }% }% % @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. % \def\asis#1{#1} % @math outputs its argument in math mode. % We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because we need % to set catcodes according to plain TeX first, to allow for subscripts, % superscripts, special math chars, etc. % \let\implicitmath = $%$ font-lock fix % % One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean % an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make % _ within @math be active (mathcode "8000), and distinguish by seeing % if the current family is \slfam, which is what @var uses. % {\catcode\underChar = \active \gdef\mathunderscore{% \catcode\underChar=\active \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% }} % % Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character. % FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but % this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not % otherwise define @\. % % The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. \def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} % \def\math{% \tex \mathcode`\_="8000 \mathunderscore \let\\ = \mathbackslash \mathactive \implicitmath\finishmath} \def\finishmath#1{#1\implicitmath\Etex} % Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. % We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an % argument to a command which set the catcodes (such as @item or @section). % { \catcode`^ = \active \catcode`< = \active \catcode`> = \active \catcode`+ = \active \gdef\mathactive{% \let^ = \ptexhat \let< = \ptexless \let> = \ptexgtr \let+ = \ptexplus } } % @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. \def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath} \def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath} % @refill is a no-op. \let\refill=\relax % If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to % be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. % This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). % \newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. \let\novalidate = \linksfalse % @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. % So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. % This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. \def\setfilename{% \iflinks \readauxfile \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. \openindices \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. % % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input. \openin 1 texinfo.cnf \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi \closein1 \temp % \comment % Ignore the actual filename. } % Called from \setfilename. % \def\openindices{% \newindex{cp}% \newcodeindex{fn}% \newcodeindex{vr}% \newcodeindex{tp}% \newcodeindex{ky}% \newcodeindex{pg}% } % @bye. \outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} \message{pdf,} % adobe `portable' document format \newcount\tempnum \newcount\lnkcount \newtoks\filename \newcount\filenamelength \newcount\pgn \newtoks\toksA \newtoks\toksB \newtoks\toksC \newtoks\toksD \newbox\boxA \newcount\countA \newif\ifpdf \newif\ifpdfmakepagedest \ifx\pdfoutput\undefined \pdffalse \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble \let\pdfurl = \gobble \let\endlink = \relax \let\linkcolor = \relax \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax \else \pdftrue \pdfoutput = 1 \input pdfcolor \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% \def\imagewidth{#2}% \def\imageheight{#3}% % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \immediate\pdfimage \else \immediate\pdfximage \fi \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 #1.pdf% \else {#1.pdf}% \fi \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage \fi} \def\pdfmkdest#1{{\normalturnoffactive \pdfdest name{#1} xyz}} \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light? \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink} % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines % come from Petr Olsak \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax \advance\tempnum by1 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} \def\pdfmakeoutlines{{% \openin 1 \jobname.toc \ifeof 1\else\begingroup \closein 1 % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace % \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{} \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{chap##2}} \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{\advancenumber{sec##2.##3}} \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{\advancenumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}} \let\appendixentry = \chapentry \let\unnumbchapentry = \chapentry \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry \input \jobname.toc \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##3}}count-\expnumber{chap##2}{##1}} \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##4}}count-\expnumber{sec##2.##3}{##1}} \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##5}}count-\expnumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}{##1}} \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{% \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##6}}{##1}} \let\appendixentry = \chapentry \let\unnumbchapentry = \chapentry \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry % % Make special characters normal for writing to the pdf file. % \indexnofonts \let\tt=\relax \turnoffactive \input \jobname.toc \endgroup\fi }} \def\makelinks #1,{% \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}% \ifx\params\E \let\nextmakelinks=\relax \else \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi \picknum{#1}% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}% \linkcolor #1% \advance\lnkcount by 1% \endlink \fi \nextmakelinks } \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1} \def\pn#1{% \def\p{#1}% \ifx\p\lbrace \let\nextpn=\ppn \else \let\nextpn=\ppnn \def\first{#1} \fi \nextpn } \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble} \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first} \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,} \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% \advance\filenamelength by 1 \fi \fi \nextsp} \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \let \startlink \pdfannotlink \else \let \startlink \pdfstartlink \fi \def\pdfurl#1{% \begingroup \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}% \let\value=\expandablevalue \leavevmode\Red \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% % #1 \endgroup} \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} \def\maketoks{% \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS| \ifx\first0\adn0 \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 \else \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else \let\next=\maketoks \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi \fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \next} \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} \def\pdflink#1{% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} \linkcolor #1\endlink} \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} \fi % \ifx\pdfoutput \message{fonts,} % Font-change commands. % Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. % So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc. \newfam\sffam \def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf} \let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. % We don't need math for this one. \def\ttsl{\tenttsl} % Default leading. \newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt % Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size % correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers % used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. % \def\lineskipfactor{.08333} \def\strutheightpercent{.70833} \def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} % \def\setleading#1{% \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip \normalbaselines \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip }% } % Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the % specified font prefix (normally `cm'). % #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor \def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4} % Use cm as the default font prefix. % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix % before you read in texinfo.tex. \ifx\fontprefix\undefined \def\fontprefix{cm} \fi % Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. \def\rmshape{r} \def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold \def\bfshape{b} \def\bxshape{bx} \def\ttshape{tt} \def\ttbshape{tt} \def\ttslshape{sltt} \def\itshape{ti} \def\itbshape{bxti} \def\slshape{sl} \def\slbshape{bxsl} \def\sfshape{ss} \def\sfbshape{ss} \def\scshape{csc} \def\scbshape{csc} \newcount\mainmagstep \ifx\bigger\relax % not really supported. \mainmagstep=\magstep1 \setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000} \setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000} \else \mainmagstep=\magstephalf \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \fi % Instead of cmb10, you may want to use cmbx10. % cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10 % looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10 % (in Bob's opinion). \setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep % A few fonts for @defun, etc. \setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314 \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} \def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf} % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). \setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000} \setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000} \setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900} \setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000} \setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000} \setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000} \setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900} \setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} \font\smalli=cmmi9 \font\smallsy=cmsy9 % Fonts for small examples (8pt). \setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000} \setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000} \setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800} \setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000} \setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000} \setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000} \setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800} \setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800} \font\smalleri=cmmi8 \font\smallersy=cmsy8 % Fonts for title page: \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4} \setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4} \setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3} \setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4} \setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1} \let\titlebf=\titlerm \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4} \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 \def\authorrm{\secrm} \def\authortt{\sectt} % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). \setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2} \setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3} \setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3} \setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2} \setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3} \setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000} \let\chapbf=\chaprm \setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3} \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 % Section fonts (14.4pt). \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} \setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} \let\secbf\secrm \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} \font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 % Subsection fonts (13.15pt). \setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf} \setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315} \setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315} \setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf} \setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315} \setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf} \let\ssecbf\ssecrm \setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1} \font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 % The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5, % but that is not a standard magnification. % In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, % we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since % texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except % in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and % \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts). % \def\resetmathfonts{% \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf } % The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead % of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work % in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most % cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam % \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to % redefine \bf itself. \def\textfonts{% \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}} \def\titlefonts{% \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} \def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} \def\chapfonts{% \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} \def\secfonts{% \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} \def\subsecfonts{% \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} \let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf? \def\smallfonts{% \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} \def\smallerfonts{% \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}} % Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. \let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts % About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample % can fit this many characters: % 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 % If we use \smallerfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: % 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 % For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth % the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. % % By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): % 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 % % I wish we used A4 paper on this side of the Atlantic. % % --karl, 24jan03. % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. % \textfonts % Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts. \def\angleleft{$\langle$} \def\angleright{$\rangle$} % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 % Fonts for short table of contents. \setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000} \setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000} \setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000} \setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000} %% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans %% serif) and @ii for TeX italic % \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction % unless the following character is such as not to need one. \def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi} \def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} \def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} \let\i=\smartitalic \let\var=\smartslanted \let\dfn=\smartslanted \let\emph=\smartitalic \let\cite=\smartslanted \def\b#1{{\bf #1}} \let\strong=\b % We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at % the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the % group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. % \def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} \def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } % Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. % Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and % sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. % \catcode`@=11 \def\frenchspacing{% \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m } \catcode`@=\other \def\t#1{% {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}% \null } \let\ttfont=\t \def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} \setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000} \font\keysy=cmsy9 \def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} % The old definition, with no lozenge: %\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} \def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} % @file, @option are the same as @samp. \let\file=\samp \let\option=\samp % @code is a modification of @t, % which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. \def\tclose#1{% {% % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font % % Switch to typewriter. \tt % % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% % % Turn off hyphenation. \nohyphenation % \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1% }% \null } % We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code. % Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes % in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. % Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control % both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. % We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) % and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. % -- rms. { \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active % \global\def\code{\begingroup \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder \codex } % % If we end up with any active - characters when handling the index, % just treat them as a normal -. \global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash} } \def\realdash{-} \def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} \def\codeunder{% % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. \ifusingtt{\ifmmode \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. \else\normalunderscore \fi \discretionary{}{}{}}% {\_}% } \def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} % @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, % then @kbd has no effect. % @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), % `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), % or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). \def\kbdinputstyle{\parsearg\kbdinputstylexxx} \def\kbdinputstylexxx#1{% \def\arg{#1}% \ifx\arg\worddistinct \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% \else\ifx\arg\wordexample \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \else\ifx\arg\wordcode \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\arg'}% \fi\fi\fi } \def\worddistinct{distinct} \def\wordexample{example} \def\wordcode{code} % Default is `distinct.' \kbdinputstyle distinct \def\xkey{\key} \def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} % For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. \let\url=\code \let\env=\code \let\command=\code % @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) % second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third % arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url % itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in % a hypertex \special here. % \def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} \def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup \unsepspaces \pdfurl{#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that \else \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \ifpdf \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it \else \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url \fi \else \code{#1}% only url given, so show it \fi \fi \endlink \endgroup} % rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. % So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. % %\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} \ifpdf \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup \unsepspaces \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi \endlink \endgroup} \else \let\email=\uref \fi % Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the % Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and % shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have % this property, we can check that font parameter. % \def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } % Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the % argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. % \def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} \def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} % @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', % and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for % Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. %\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} % Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. \def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font \def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font \def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font % @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps. \def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}} % @pounds{} is a sterling sign. \def\pounds{{\it\$}} % @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. For now, only works in text size; % we'd have to redo the font mechanism to change the \scriptstyle and % \scriptscriptstyle font sizes to make it look right in headings. % Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. % \def\registeredsymbol{% $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm R$}\hfil\crcr\Orb}}% }$% } \message{page headings,} \newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in \newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc % First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. \newif\ifseenauthor \newif\iffinishedtitlepage % Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the % user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. % \newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue \newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue \def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz} \def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} \def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}% % \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines \let\tt=\authortt}% % % Leave some space at the very top of the page. \vglue\titlepagetopglue % % Now you can print the title using @title. \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}% \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1} % print a rule at the page bottom also. \finishedtitlepagefalse \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}% % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. \finishedtitlepagetrue % % Now you can put text using @subtitle. \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}% \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}% % % @author should come last, but may come many times. \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}% \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}% % % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. \let\oldpage = \page \def\page{% \iffinishedtitlepage\else \finishtitlepage \fi \oldpage \let\page = \oldpage \hbox{}}% % \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}} } \def\Etitlepage{% \iffinishedtitlepage\else \finishtitlepage \fi % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. \oldpage \endgroup % % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. \HEADINGSon % % If they want short, they certainly want long too. \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage \shortcontents \contents \global\let\shortcontents = \relax \global\let\contents = \relax \fi % \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage \contents \global\let\contents = \relax \global\let\shortcontents = \relax \fi } \def\finishtitlepage{% \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize \vskip\titlepagebottomglue \finishedtitlepagetrue } %%% Set up page headings and footings. \let\thispage=\folio \newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages \newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages \newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages \newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages % Now make Tex use those variables \headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} \footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} \let\HEADINGShook=\relax % Commands to set those variables. % For example, this is what @headings on does % @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter % @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle % @evenfooting @thisfile|| % @oddfooting ||@thisfile \def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} \def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} \def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx} \def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} \def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} \def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx} {\catcode`\@=0 % \gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} \gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} \gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \gdef\everyheadingxxx#1{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% \gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} \gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% \global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} \gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% % % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip } \gdef\everyfootingxxx#1{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} % }% unbind the catcode of @. % @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. % @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. % @headings off turns them off. % @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. % @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. % @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. % @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. % By default, they are off at the start of a document, % and turned `on' after @end titlepage. \def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} \def\HEADINGSoff{ \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} \HEADINGSoff % When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. % For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, % chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document % title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top % edge of all pages. \def\HEADINGSdouble{ \global\pageno=1 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage } \let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager % For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, % page number on top right. \def\HEADINGSsingle{ \global\pageno=1 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } \def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} \def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} \let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter \def\HEADINGSdoublex{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage } \def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} \def\HEADINGSsinglex{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } % Subroutines used in generating headings % This produces Day Month Year style of output. % Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set % up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). \ifx\today\undefined \def\today{% \number\day\space \ifcase\month \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec \fi \space\number\year} \fi % @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. % It generates no output of its own. \def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} \def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz} \def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}} \message{tables,} % Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x). % default indentation of table text \newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in % default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text \newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in % margin between end of table item and start of table text. \newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in % used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin \newdimen\itemmax % Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with % these defs. % They also define \itemindex % to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). \newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip \def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} \def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} \def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} \def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz} \def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz} \def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz} \def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz} \def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}% \itemzzz {#1}} \def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}% \itemzzz {#1}} \def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % \advance\hsize by -\rightskip \advance\hsize by -\tableindent \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}% \itemindex{#1}% \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. % % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax % % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, % but leave it ragged-right. \begingroup \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent \advance\hsize by\tableindent \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil \leavevmode\unhbox0\par \endgroup % % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. \nobreak \vskip-\parskip % % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. (Unfortunately % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following % \baselineskip glue.) However, if what follows is an environment % such as @example, there will be no \parskip glue; then % the negative vskip we just would cause the example and the item to % crash together. So we use this bizarre value of 10001 as a signal % to \aboveenvbreak to insert \parskip glue after all. % (Possibly there are other commands that could be followed by % @example which need the same treatment, but not section titles; or % maybe section titles are the only special case and they should be % penalty 10001...) \penalty 10001 \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse \else % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. \noindent % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and % eventually be printed. \nobreak\kern-\tableindent \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \unhbox0 \nobreak\kern\dimen0 \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue \fi } \def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}} \def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}} \def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}} \def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}} \def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}} \def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}} % Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work. \def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}} % @table, @ftable, @vtable. \def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex} {\obeylines\obeyspaces% \gdef\tablex #1^^M{% \tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}} \def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex} {\obeylines\obeyspaces% \gdef\ftablex #1^^M{% \tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley \def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% \let\Etable=\relax}} \def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex} {\obeylines\obeyspaces% \gdef\vtablex #1^^M{% \tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley \def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% \let\Etable=\relax}} \def\dontindex #1{} \def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}% \def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}% {\obeyspaces % \gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup% \tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} \def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{% \aboveenvbreak % \begingroup % \def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge. \let\itemindex=#1% \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi % \ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi % \ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi % \def\itemfont{#2}% \itemmax=\tableindent % \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % \advance \leftskip by \tableindent % \exdentamount=\tableindent \parindent = 0pt \parskip = \smallskipamount \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% \def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% \let\item = \internalBitem % \let\itemx = \internalBitemx % \let\kitem = \internalBkitem % \let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx % \let\xitem = \internalBxitem % \let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx % } % This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize \newcount \itemno \def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz} \def\itemizezzz #1{% \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize} } \def\itemizey#1#2{% \aboveenvbreak \itemmax=\itemindent \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin \advance\leftskip by \itemindent \exdentamount=\itemindent \parindent=0pt \parskip=\smallskipamount \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi \def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% \def\itemcontents{#1}% % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi \let\item=\itemizeitem } % \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in % TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. % \def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% % Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, % or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No % argument is the same as `1'. % \def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz} \def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} \def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate % % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. \def\thearg{#1}% \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi % % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark \ifx\rest\empty % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and % not equal to itself. % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. % % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from % continuing to look for a . % \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) \else % It's a letter. \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter \else \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter \fi \fi \else % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. \numericenumerate \fi } % An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is % given in \thearg. % \def\numericenumerate{% \itemno = \thearg \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% } % The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. \def\lowercaseenumerate{% \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg \startenumeration{% % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. \ifnum\itemno=0 \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger alphabet}% \fi \char\lccode\itemno }% } % The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. \def\uppercaseenumerate{% \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg \startenumeration{% % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. \ifnum\itemno=0 \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger alphabet} \fi \char\uccode\itemno }% } % Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the % common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in % \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. % \def\startenumeration#1{% \advance\itemno by -1 \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr } % @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg % to @enumerate. % \def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} \def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} \def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} \def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} % Definition of @item while inside @itemize. \def\itemizeitem{% \advance\itemno by 1 {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% \ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi {\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}% \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% \flushcr} % @multitable macros % Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 % % @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. % Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width % can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, % or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. % Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. % To make preamble: % % Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: % @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 % @item ... % % Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total % current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many % columns as desired. % Or use a template: % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} % @item ... % using the widest term desired in each column. % % For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in % the preamble, break the line within one argument and it % will parse correctly, i.e., % % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 % template} % Not: % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} % {Column 3 template} % Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column % starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's % with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, % ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. % @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their % own lines, but it will not hurt if they are. % Sample multitable: % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col % @item % first col stuff % @tab % second col stuff % @tab % third col % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff % @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. % % They will wrap at the width determined by the template. % @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. % @end multitable % Default dimensions may be reset by user. % @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. % @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. % @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. % @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline % to baseline. % 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. % \newskip\multitableparskip \newskip\multitableparindent \newdimen\multitablecolspace \newskip\multitablelinespace \multitableparskip=0pt \multitableparindent=6pt \multitablecolspace=12pt \multitablelinespace=0pt % Macros used to set up halign preamble: % \let\endsetuptable\relax \def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} \let\columnfractions\relax \def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} \newif\ifsetpercent % #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which % is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we % just throw it away). #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the % percent of \hsize for this column. \def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {% \global\advance\colcount by 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}% \setuptable } \newcount\colcount \def\setuptable#1{% \def\firstarg{#1}% \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable \let\go = \relax \else \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions \global\setpercenttrue \else \ifsetpercent \let\go\pickupwholefraction \else \global\advance\colcount by 1 \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% \fi \fi \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% \else \let\go = \setuptable \fi% \fi \go } % @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: % \def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable} \def\dotable#1{\bgroup \vskip\parskip \let\item=\crcrwithfootnotes % A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template % line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just & until % we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. --karl, % nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. \let\tab=&% \let\startfootins=\startsavedfootnote \tolerance=9500 \hbadness=9500 \setmultitablespacing \parskip=\multitableparskip \parindent=\multitableparindent \overfullrule=0pt \global\colcount=0 \def\Emultitable{% \global\setpercentfalse \crcrwithfootnotes\crcr \egroup\egroup }% % % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable % % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one. % The table preamble % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width. \everycr{\noalign{% % % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. \global\colcount=0\relax}}% % % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will % be used as many times as user calls for columns. % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and % continue for many paragraphs if desired. \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname % % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after % the first one. % % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace % to the width of each template entry. % % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. % % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. \rightskip=0pt \ifnum\colcount=1 % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. \advance\hsize by\leftskip \else \ifsetpercent \else % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace \fi % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: \leftskip=\multitablecolspace \fi % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. % For example: % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 % @item @code{#} % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking % characters. \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr } \def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace. % If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on % current baselineskip. \ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt \setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip \global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 %% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders, %% to keep lines equally spaced \let\multistrut = \strut \else %% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be? \gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0 width0pt\relax} \fi %% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of %% table. If not, do nothing. %% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. \ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller %% than skip between lines in the table. \fi% \ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller %% than skip between lines in the table. \fi} % In case a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote % text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is % finished. Otherwise, the insertion is lost, it never migrates to the % main vertical list. --kasal, 22jan03. % \newbox\savedfootnotes % % \dotable \let's \startfootins to this, so that \dofootnote will call % it instead of starting the insertion right away. \def\startsavedfootnote{% \global\setbox\savedfootnotes = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox\savedfootnotes } \def\crcrwithfootnotes{% \crcr \ifvoid\savedfootnotes \else \noalign{\insert\footins{\box\savedfootnotes}}% \fi } \message{conditionals,} % Prevent errors for section commands. % Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals. \def\ignoresections{% \let\chapter=\relax \let\unnumbered=\relax \let\top=\relax \let\unnumberedsec=\relax \let\unnumberedsection=\relax \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax \let\section=\relax \let\subsec=\relax \let\subsubsec=\relax \let\subsection=\relax \let\subsubsection=\relax \let\appendix=\relax \let\appendixsec=\relax \let\appendixsection=\relax \let\appendixsubsec=\relax \let\appendixsubsection=\relax \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax \let\contents=\relax \let\smallbook=\relax \let\titlepage=\relax } % Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source % and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used % incorrectly. % % We use \empty instead of \relax for the @def... commands, so that \end % doesn't throw an error. For instance: % @ignore % @deffn ... % @end deffn % @end ignore % % The @end deffn is going to get expanded, because we're trying to allow % nested conditionals. But we don't want to expand the actual @deffn, % since it might be syntactically correct and intended to be ignored. % Since \end checks for \relax, using \empty does not cause an error. % \def\ignoremorecommands{% \let\defcodeindex = \relax \let\defcv = \empty \let\defcvx = \empty \let\Edefcv = \empty \let\deffn = \empty \let\deffnx = \empty \let\Edeffn = \empty \let\defindex = \relax \let\defivar = \empty \let\defivarx = \empty \let\Edefivar = \empty \let\defmac = \empty \let\defmacx = \empty \let\Edefmac = \empty \let\defmethod = \empty \let\defmethodx = \empty \let\Edefmethod = \empty \let\defop = \empty \let\defopx = \empty \let\Edefop = \empty \let\defopt = \empty \let\defoptx = \empty \let\Edefopt = \empty \let\defspec = \empty \let\defspecx = \empty \let\Edefspec = \empty \let\deftp = \empty \let\deftpx = \empty \let\Edeftp = \empty \let\deftypefn = \empty \let\deftypefnx = \empty \let\Edeftypefn = \empty \let\deftypefun = \empty \let\deftypefunx = \empty \let\Edeftypefun = \empty \let\deftypeivar = \empty \let\deftypeivarx = \empty \let\Edeftypeivar = \empty \let\deftypemethod = \empty \let\deftypemethodx = \empty \let\Edeftypemethod = \empty \let\deftypeop = \empty \let\deftypeopx = \empty \let\Edeftypeop = \empty \let\deftypevar = \empty \let\deftypevarx = \empty \let\Edeftypevar = \empty \let\deftypevr = \empty \let\deftypevrx = \empty \let\Edeftypevr = \empty \let\defun = \empty \let\defunx = \empty \let\Edefun = \empty \let\defvar = \empty \let\defvarx = \empty \let\Edefvar = \empty \let\defvr = \empty \let\defvrx = \empty \let\Edefvr = \empty \let\clear = \relax \let\down = \relax \let\evenfooting = \relax \let\evenheading = \relax \let\everyfooting = \relax \let\everyheading = \relax \let\headings = \relax \let\include = \relax \let\item = \relax \let\lowersections = \relax \let\oddfooting = \relax \let\oddheading = \relax \let\printindex = \relax \let\pxref = \relax \let\raisesections = \relax \let\ref = \relax \let\set = \relax \let\setchapternewpage = \relax \let\setchapterstyle = \relax \let\settitle = \relax \let\up = \relax \let\verbatiminclude = \relax \let\xref = \relax } % Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. % \def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} \def\documentdescriptionword{documentdescription} \def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} \def\html{\doignore{html}} \def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} \def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} \def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} \def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} \def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} \def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} \def\menu{\doignore{menu}} \def\xml{\doignore{xml}} % @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file % which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. \let\dircategory = \comment % Ignore text until a line `@end #1'. % \def\doignore#1{\begingroup % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. \ignoresections % % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'. % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match. \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}% % % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. \catcode\spaceChar = 10 % % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble. \catcode`\{ = 9 \catcode`\} = 9 % % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence. \catcode`\@ = 12 % \def\ignoreword{#1}% \ifx\ignoreword\documentdescriptionword % The c kludge breaks documentdescription, since % `documentdescription' contains a `c'. Means not everything will % be ignored inside @documentdescription, but oh well... \else % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example) % @c @end ifinfo % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored. % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.) \catcode`\c = 14 \fi % % And now expand the command defined above. \doignoretext } % What we do to finish off ignored text. % \def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% \newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse \def\obstexwarn{% \ifwarnedobs\relax\else % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0. % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines. \immediate\write16{} \immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!} \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).} \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.} \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.} \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.} \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/non-gnu/TeX.README.)} \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the} \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution} \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.} \immediate\write16{} \global\warnedobstrue \fi } % **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a % workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed), % uncomment the following line: %%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax % Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for % purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command. % \def\nestedignore#1{% \obstexwarn % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize % the chance of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on % page 401 of the TeXbook. % \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. \ignoresections % % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the % @end command again. \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}% % % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we % undefine them. % % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately; % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors. \ignoremorecommands % % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because some sites % might not have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of % stuff compared to the main input. % \nullfont \let\tenrm=\nullfont \let\tenit=\nullfont \let\tensl=\nullfont \let\tenbf=\nullfont \let\tentt=\nullfont \let\smallcaps=\nullfont \let\tensf=\nullfont % Similarly for index fonts. \let\smallrm=\nullfont \let\smallit=\nullfont \let\smallsl=\nullfont \let\smallbf=\nullfont \let\smalltt=\nullfont \let\smallsc=\nullfont \let\smallsf=\nullfont % Similarly for smallexample fonts. \let\smallerrm=\nullfont \let\smallerit=\nullfont \let\smallersl=\nullfont \let\smallerbf=\nullfont \let\smallertt=\nullfont \let\smallersc=\nullfont \let\smallersf=\nullfont % % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts. \tracinglostchars = 0 % % Don't bother to do space factor calculations. \frenchspacing % % Don't report underfull hboxes. \hbadness = 10000 % % Do minimal line-breaking. \pretolerance = 10000 % % Do not execute instructions in @tex. \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}% % Do not execute macro definitions. % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off. \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}% } % @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. % @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. % % Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be % empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our % own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we % didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid % losing inside @example, for instance. % \def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10 \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR. \parsearg\setxxx} \def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} \def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% \def\temp{#2}% \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. \fi \endgroup } % Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or % \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into % an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'. \def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}} % @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. % \def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx} \def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax} % @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. { \catcode`\_ = \active % % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any % such active characters to their normal equivalents. \gdef\value{\begingroup \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore \valuexxx} } \def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} % We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's % properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones % whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything % about that. The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable % is set), since the result winds up in the index file. This means that % if the variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost % certain it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with % sufficient work to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of % complete). % \def\expandablevalue#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax {[No value for ``#1'']}% \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% \else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi } % @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined % with @set. % \def\ifset{\parsearg\doifset} \def\doifset#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax \let\next=\ifsetfail \else \let\next=\ifsetsucceed \fi \next } \def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}} \def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}} \defineunmatchedend{ifset} % @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been % defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. % \def\ifclear{\parsearg\doifclear} \def\doifclear#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax \let\next=\ifclearsucceed \else \let\next=\ifclearfail \fi \next } \def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}} \def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}} \defineunmatchedend{ifclear} % @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext always succeed; we % read the text following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make % `@end iftex' (etc.) valid only after an @iftex. % \def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}} \def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}} \def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}} \def\ifnotplaintext{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotplaintext}} \defineunmatchedend{iftex} \defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml} \defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo} \defineunmatchedend{ifnotplaintext} % True conditional. Since \set globally defines its variables, we can % just start and end a group (to keep the @end definition undefined at % the outer level). % \def\conditionalsucceed#1{\begingroup \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\endgroup}% } % @defininfoenclose. \let\definfoenclose=\comment \message{indexing,} % Index generation facilities % Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite % except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex. {\catcode`\@=11 \gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}} % \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. % It automatically defines \fooindex such that % \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. % It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for % the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. % The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long % for the sake of vms. % \def\newindex#1{% \iflinks \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file \fi \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index \noexpand\doindex{#1}} } % @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} % \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. % \def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} % \def\newcodeindex#1{% \iflinks \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 \fi \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% } % @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. % % @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo % inside @code. % \def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} \def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} % #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), % #3 the target index (bar). \def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up % closing the target index. \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 \fi % redefine \fooindfile: \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp % redefine \fooindex: \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% } % Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. % Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, % and it is "foo", the name of the index. % \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. % This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. % There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} % which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. \def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} \def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} % like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. \def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} \def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} % Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. % Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't, % we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't. % \def\indexdummies{% \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files. \def\ {\realbackslash\space }% % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. \let\{ = \mylbrace \let\} = \myrbrace % % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \realbackslash #1\space, thus % effectively preventing its expansion. This is used only for control % words, not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect % for control characters, but is needed to separate the control word % from whatever follows. % % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the % space. % % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). % \def\definedummyword##1{% \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1\space}% }% \def\definedummyletter##1{% \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1}% }% % % Do the redefinitions. \commondummies } % For the aux file, @ is the escape character. So we want to redefine % everything using @ instead of \realbackslash. When everything uses % @, this will be simpler. % \def\atdummies{% \def\@{@@}% \def\ {@ }% \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd \let\} = \rbraceatcmd % % (See comments in \indexdummies.) \def\definedummyword##1{% \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1\space}% }% \def\definedummyletter##1{% \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1}% }% % % Do the redefinitions. \commondummies } % Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. \definedummyword and % \definedummyletter must be defined first. % \def\commondummies{% % \normalturnoffactive % % Control letters and accents. \definedummyletter{_}% \definedummyletter{,}% \definedummyletter{"}% \definedummyletter{`}% \definedummyletter{'}% \definedummyletter{^}% \definedummyletter{~}% \definedummyletter{=}% \definedummyword{u}% \definedummyword{v}% \definedummyword{H}% \definedummyword{dotaccent}% \definedummyword{ringaccent}% \definedummyword{tieaccent}% \definedummyword{ubaraccent}% \definedummyword{udotaccent}% \definedummyword{dotless}% % % Other non-English letters. \definedummyword{AA}% \definedummyword{AE}% \definedummyword{L}% \definedummyword{OE}% \definedummyword{O}% \definedummyword{aa}% \definedummyword{ae}% \definedummyword{l}% \definedummyword{oe}% \definedummyword{o}% \definedummyword{ss}% % % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. \definedummyword{bf}% \definedummyword{gtr}% \definedummyword{hat}% \definedummyword{less}% \definedummyword{sf}% \definedummyword{sl}% \definedummyword{tclose}% \definedummyword{tt}% % % Texinfo font commands. \definedummyword{b}% \definedummyword{i}% \definedummyword{r}% \definedummyword{sc}% \definedummyword{t}% % \definedummyword{TeX}% \definedummyword{acronym}% \definedummyword{cite}% \definedummyword{code}% \definedummyword{command}% \definedummyword{dfn}% \definedummyword{dots}% \definedummyword{emph}% \definedummyword{env}% \definedummyword{file}% \definedummyword{kbd}% \definedummyword{key}% \definedummyword{math}% \definedummyword{option}% \definedummyword{samp}% \definedummyword{strong}% \definedummyword{uref}% \definedummyword{url}% \definedummyword{var}% \definedummyword{w}% % % Assorted special characters. \definedummyword{bullet}% \definedummyword{copyright}% \definedummyword{dots}% \definedummyword{enddots}% \definedummyword{equiv}% \definedummyword{error}% \definedummyword{expansion}% \definedummyword{minus}% \definedummyword{pounds}% \definedummyword{point}% \definedummyword{print}% \definedummyword{result}% % % Handle some cases of @value -- where the variable name does not % contain - or _, and the value does not contain any % (non-fully-expandable) commands. \let\value = \expandablevalue % % Normal spaces, not active ones. \unsepspaces % % No macro expansion. \turnoffmacros } % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). {\obeyspaces \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}} % \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index % by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all % control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string % would be for a given command (usually its argument). % \def\indexdummytex{TeX} \def\indexdummydots{...} % \def\indexnofonts{% \def\ { }% \def\@{@}% % how to handle braces? \def\_{\normalunderscore}% % \let\,=\asis \let\"=\asis \let\`=\asis \let\'=\asis \let\^=\asis \let\~=\asis \let\==\asis \let\u=\asis \let\v=\asis \let\H=\asis \let\dotaccent=\asis \let\ringaccent=\asis \let\tieaccent=\asis \let\ubaraccent=\asis \let\udotaccent=\asis \let\dotless=\asis % % Other non-English letters. \def\AA{AA}% \def\AE{AE}% \def\L{L}% \def\OE{OE}% \def\O{O}% \def\aa{aa}% \def\ae{ae}% \def\l{l}% \def\oe{oe}% \def\o{o}% \def\ss{ss}% \def\exclamdown{!}% \def\questiondown{?}% % % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. %\let\tt=\asis % % Texinfo font commands. \let\b=\asis \let\i=\asis \let\r=\asis \let\sc=\asis \let\t=\asis % \let\TeX=\indexdummytex \let\acronym=\asis \let\cite=\asis \let\code=\asis \let\command=\asis \let\dfn=\asis \let\dots=\indexdummydots \let\emph=\asis \let\env=\asis \let\file=\asis \let\kbd=\asis \let\key=\asis \let\math=\asis \let\option=\asis \let\samp=\asis \let\strong=\asis \let\uref=\asis \let\url=\asis \let\var=\asis \let\w=\asis } \let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. \let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? % For \ifx comparisons. \def\emptymacro{\empty} % Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. % \def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty} % Workhorse for all \fooindexes. % #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- % \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are. The main exception % is with defuns, which call us directly. % \def\dosubind#1#2#3{% % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}% \fi {% \count255=\lastpenalty {% \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage \escapechar=`\\ {% \let\folio = 0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio. \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. % % The main index entry text. \toks0 = {#2}% % % If third arg is present, precede it with space in sort key. \def\thirdarg{#3}% \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else % If the third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index % line to write. \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% \fi % % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to % get the string to sort by. {\indexnofonts \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}% }% % % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and % the original text, including any font commands. We write % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s % sorted result. \edef\temp{% \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{% \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}% }% % % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the % \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences % like this: % @end defun % @tindex whatever % @defun ... % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of % the previous defun. % % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. % % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. % \iflinks \ifvmode \skip0 = \lastskip \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\skip0 \fi \fi % \temp % do the write % \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi \fi }% }% \penalty\count255 }% } % The index entry written in the file actually looks like % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} % or % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} % The texindex program reads in these files and writes files % containing these kinds of lines: % \initial {c} % before the first topic whose initial is c % \entry {topic}{pagelist} % for a topic that is used without subtopics % \primary {topic} % for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics % \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} % for each subtopic. % Define the user-accessible indexing commands % @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. \def\findex {\fnindex} \def\kindex {\kyindex} \def\cindex {\cpindex} \def\vindex {\vrindex} \def\tindex {\tpindex} \def\pindex {\pgindex} \def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} {\obeylines % \gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % \dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} % Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. % @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. % It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). % \def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex} \def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% % \smallfonts \rm \tolerance = 9500 \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. \indexbreaks % % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains % \initial {@} % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). \catcode`\@ = 11 \openin 1 \jobname.#1s \ifeof 1 % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure % there is some text. \putwordIndexNonexistent \else % % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so % it can discover if there is anything in it. \read 1 to \temp \ifeof 1 \putwordIndexIsEmpty \else % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change % to make right now. \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}% \catcode`\\ = 0 \escapechar = `\\ \begindoublecolumns \input \jobname.#1s \enddoublecolumns \fi \fi \closein 1 \endgroup} % These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. % Change them to control the appearance of the index. \def\initial#1{{% % Some minor font changes for the special characters. \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt % % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. \removelastskip % % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. \penalty -300 % % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch % we need before each entry, but it's better. % % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip \leftline{\secbf #1}% \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip % % Do our best not to break after the initial. \nobreak }} % This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2 % flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents % entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. % \def\entry#1#2{\begingroup % % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't % affect previous text. \par % % Do not fill out the last line with white space. \parfillskip = 0in % % No extra space above this paragraph. \parskip = 0in % % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. \finalhyphendemerits = 0 % % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. % % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. \hangindent = 2em % % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line % with blank space. \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil % % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing columns. \vskip 0pt plus1pt % % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking % parameters we've set above will have an effect. \noindent % % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it. #1% % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be % cursed by a Unix daemon. \def\tempa{{\rm }}% \def\tempb{#2}% \edef\tempc{\tempa}% \edef\tempd{\tempb}% \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else% % % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) \hfil\penalty50 \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. % % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull % \hbox ensues. \ifpdf \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. \else \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph. \fi \fi% \par \endgroup} % Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em. \def\indexdotfill{\cleaders \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} \newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm \def\secondary#1#2{{% \parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in \hangindent=1in \hangafter=1 \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill \ifpdf \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. \else #2 \fi \par }} % Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. % Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, % the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. \catcode`\@=11 \newbox\partialpage \newdimen\doublecolumnhsize \def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns % Grab any single-column material above us. \output = {% % % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. \ifvoid\partialpage \else \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% \fi % \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% % Unvbox the main output page. \unvbox\PAGE \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip }% }% \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage % % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. \output = {\doublecolumnout}% % % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. % % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) % as it did when we hard-coded it. % % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) % been clobbered. % \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize % % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) \vsize = 2\vsize } % The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except % the last. % \def\doublecolumnout{% \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the % previous page. \dimen@ = \vsize \divide\dimen@ by 2 \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage % % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \onepageout\pagesofar \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty } % % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. \def\pagesofar{% \unvbox\partialpage % \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% } % % All done with double columns. \def\enddoublecolumns{% \output = {% % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the % current page, no automatic page break. \balancecolumns % % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, % though, there will be another page break right after this \output % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes % the output somewhat more palatable.) \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% }% \eject \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns % % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). \pagegoal = \vsize } % % Called at the end of the double column material. \def\balancecolumns{% \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. \dimen@ = \ht0 \advance\dimen@ by \topskip \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% \splittopskip = \topskip % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. {% \vbadness = 10000 \loop \global\setbox3 = \copy0 \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt \repeat }% %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% % \pagesofar } \catcode`\@ = \other \message{sectioning,} % Chapters, sections, etc. \newcount\chapno \newcount\secno \secno=0 \newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 \newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 % This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... \newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ % \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} % We do the following for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual % letter in the expansion, not just typeset. \def\appendixletter{% \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. \else\char\the\appendixno \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} % Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. % page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise. \def\thischapter{} \def\thissection{} \newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level \newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count % @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. \def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} \let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name % @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. \def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} \let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name % Choose a numbered-heading macro % #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections % #2 is text for heading \def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 \ifcase\absseclevel \chapterzzz{#2} \or \seczzz{#2} \or \numberedsubseczzz{#2} \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} \else \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \chapterzzz{#2} \else \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} \fi \fi \suppressfirstparagraphindent } % like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels \def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 \ifcase\absseclevel \appendixzzz{#2} \or \appendixsectionzzz{#2} \or \appendixsubseczzz{#2} \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} \else \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \appendixzzz{#2} \else \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} \fi \fi \suppressfirstparagraphindent } % like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels \def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 \ifcase\absseclevel \unnumberedzzz{#2} \or \unnumberedseczzz{#2} \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2} \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} \else \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \unnumberedzzz{#2} \else \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} \fi \fi \suppressfirstparagraphindent } % @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. \def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title} \outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy} \def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz \def\chapterzzz #1{% \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% \chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}% \gdef\thissection{#1}% \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}% \writetocentry{chap}{#1}{{\the\chapno}} \donoderef \global\let\section = \numberedsec \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec } % we use \chapno to avoid indenting back \def\appendixbox#1{% \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} \the\chapno}% \hbox to \wd0{#1\hss}} \outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy} \def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz \def\appendixzzz #1{% \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \appendixno by 1 \message{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% \chapmacro {#1}{\appendixbox{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}}% \gdef\thissection{#1}% \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}% \writetocentry{appendix}{#1}{{\appendixletter}} \appendixnoderef \global\let\section = \appendixsec \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec } % @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. \outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy} \def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}} % @top is like @unnumbered. \outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} \outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} \def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz \def\unnumberedzzz #1{% \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 % % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant % to be executed, not expanded). % % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use % \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, % simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for % the toc entries.) \toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}% % \unnumbchapmacro {#1}% \gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% \writetocentry{unnumbchap}{#1}{{\the\chapno}} \unnumbnoderef \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec } % Sections. \outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy} \def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz \def\seczzz #1{% \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}% \writetocentry{sec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}} \donoderef \nobreak } \outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} \outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} \def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz \def\appendixsectionzzz #1{% \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}% \writetocentry{sec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}} \appendixnoderef \nobreak } \outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy} \def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz \def\unnumberedseczzz #1{% \plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% \writetocentry{unnumbsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}} \unnumbnoderef \nobreak } % Subsections. \outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy} \def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz \def\numberedsubseczzz #1{% \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % \subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% \writetocentry{subsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}} \donoderef \nobreak } \outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy} \def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz \def\appendixsubseczzz #1{% \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % \subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% \writetocentry{subsec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}} \appendixnoderef \nobreak } \outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy} \def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz \def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{% \plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% \writetocentry{unnumbsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}} \unnumbnoderef \nobreak } % Subsubsections. \outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy} \def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz \def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{% \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % \subsubsecheading {#1} {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% \writetocentry{subsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}} \donoderef \nobreak } \outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy} \def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz \def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{% \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % \subsubsecheading {#1} {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% \writetocentry{subsubsec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}} \appendixnoderef \nobreak } \outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy} \def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz \def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{% \plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% \writetocentry{unnumbsubsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}} \unnumbnoderef \nobreak } % These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo. % Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work. \def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} \def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} \def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz} \def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz} \def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz} \def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz} \def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz} \def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz} \def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz} \def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz} \def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz} \def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz} \def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz} % These macros control what the section commands do, according % to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). % Define them by default for a numbered chapter. \global\let\section = \numberedsec \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading % NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: % 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit % overlong headings to fold. % 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a % heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. % 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and % if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. \def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz} \def\majorheadingzzz #1{% {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt\raggedright \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} \def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz} \def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak % {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt\raggedright \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} % @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. \def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading} \def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading} \def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading} % These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only % (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), % given all the information in convenient, parsed form. %%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) \def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} \def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} %%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it % Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) \newskip\chapheadingskip \def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} \def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} \def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi} \def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} \def\CHAPPAGoff{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} \def\CHAPPAGon{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} \def\CHAPPAGodd{ \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} \CHAPPAGon \def\CHAPFplain{ \global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain \global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain} % Plain chapter opening. % #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered. \def\chfplain#1#2{% \pchapsepmacro {% \chapfonts \rm \def\chapnum{#2}% \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright \hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe \unhbox0 #1\par}% }% \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title \nobreak } % Plain opening for unnumbered. \def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}} % @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax \def\centerchfplain#1{{% \def\centerparametersmaybe{% \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip \leftskip = \rightskip \parfillskip = 0pt }% \chfplain{#1}{}% }} \CHAPFplain % The default \def\unnchfopen #1{% \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt\raggedright \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak } \def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% \par\penalty 5000 % } \def\centerchfopen #1{% \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak } \def\CHAPFopen{ \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen \global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} % Section titles. \newskip\secheadingskip \def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}} \def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}} \def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}} % Subsection titles. \newskip \subsecheadingskip \def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}} \def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}} \def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}} % Subsubsection titles. \let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip \let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak \def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}} \def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}} % Print any size section title. % % #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section % number (maybe empty), #3 the text. \def\sectionheading#1#2#3{% {% \expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip \csname #1headingbreak\endcsname }% {% % Switch to the right set of fonts. \csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm % % Only insert the separating space if we have a section number. \def\secnum{#2}% \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% % \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright \hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number \unhbox0 #3}% }% % Add extra space after the heading -- either a line space or a % paragraph space, whichever is more. (Some people like to set % \parskip to large values for some reason.) Don't allow stretch, though. \nobreak \ifdim\parskip>\normalbaselineskip \kern\parskip \else \kern\normalbaselineskip \fi \nobreak } \message{toc,} % Table of contents. \newwrite\tocfile % Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. % Called from @chapter, etc. We supply {\folio} at the end of the % argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro. % % Usage: \writetocentry{chap}{The Name of The Game}{{\the\chapno}} % We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or % any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. % \newif\iftocfileopened \def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% \iftocfileopened\else \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc \global\tocfileopenedtrue \fi % \iflinks \toks0 = {#2}% \edef\temp{\write\tocfile{\realbackslash #1entry{\the\toks0}#3{\folio}}}% \temp \fi % % Tell \shipout to create a page destination if we're doing pdf, which % will be the target of the links in the table of contents. We can't % just do it on every page because the title pages are numbered 1 and % 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first two pages % of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named `1', and % two named `2'. \ifpdf \pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi } \newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in \newcount\savepageno \newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 % Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written % to \tocfile. % \def\startcontents#1{% % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. % From: Torbjorn Granlund \contentsalignmacro \immediate\closeout\tocfile % % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. % It is abundantly clear what they are. \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}% \savepageno = \pageno \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11 % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97. %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. % % Roman numerals for page numbers. \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi } % Normal (long) toc. \def\contents{% \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% \openin 1 \jobname.toc \ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 \input \jobname.toc \fi \vfill \eject \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect \pdfmakeoutlines \endgroup \lastnegativepageno = \pageno \global\pageno = \savepageno } % And just the chapters. \def\summarycontents{% \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% % \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry \let\appendixentry = \shortappendixentry \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. \secfonts \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt \rm \hyphenpenalty = 10000 \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{} \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{} \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{} \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry \openin 1 \jobname.toc \ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 \input \jobname.toc \fi \vfill \eject \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect \endgroup \lastnegativepageno = \pageno \global\pageno = \savepageno } \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents \ifpdf \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}% \fi % These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. % The first argument is the chapter or section name. % The last argument is the page number. % The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... % Chapters, in the main contents. \def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}} % % Chapters, in the short toc. % See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. \def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{% \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}% } % Appendices, in the main contents. \def\appendixentry#1#2#3{% \dochapentry{\appendixbox{\putwordAppendix{} #2}\labelspace#1}{#3}} % % Appendices, in the short toc. \let\shortappendixentry = \shortchapentry % Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. % The arg is, e.g., `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. % We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry % command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry % for both, but it doesn't seem worth it. % \newdimen\shortappendixwidth % \def\shortchaplabel#1{% % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. % But use \hss just in case. % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) \dimen0 = 1em \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hss}% } % Unnumbered chapters. \def\unnumbchapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#1}{#3}} \def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2#3{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}} % Sections. \def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}} \def\unnumbsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} % Subsections. \def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}} \def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#5}} % And subsubsections. \def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{% \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}} \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#6}} % This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. \newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc % Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the % page number. % % If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters % if at all possible; hence the \penalty. \def\dochapentry#1#2{% \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip \begingroup \chapentryfonts \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip } \def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} % Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for % the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We % can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist % of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.) \def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks % Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments. Since the toc is % typeset in cmr, characters such as _ would come out wrong; we % have to do the usual translation tricks. \entry{#1}{#2}% \endgroup} % Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. \def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} \def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} \def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} \def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} \def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} \let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts \let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts \message{environments,} % @foo ... @end foo. % @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. % % Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of % \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. % \def\point{$\star$} \def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} \def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} \def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} \def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} % The @error{} command. % Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. % \newbox\errorbox % {\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. \dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules % The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) \setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt} % \global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. \vbox{ \hrule height\dimen2 \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. \hrule height\dimen2} \hfil} % \def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} % @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. % One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. % But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. \def\tex{\begingroup \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie \catcode `\%=14 \catcode `\+=\other \catcode `\"=\other \catcode `\==\other \catcode `\|=\other \catcode `\<=\other \catcode `\>=\other \escapechar=`\\ % \let\b=\ptexb \let\bullet=\ptexbullet \let\c=\ptexc \let\,=\ptexcomma \let\.=\ptexdot \let\dots=\ptexdots \let\equiv=\ptexequiv \let\!=\ptexexclam \let\i=\ptexi \let\indent=\ptexindent \let\{=\ptexlbrace \let\+=\tabalign \let\}=\ptexrbrace \let\/=\ptexslash \let\*=\ptexstar \let\t=\ptext % \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% \def\@{@}% \let\Etex=\endgroup} % Define @lisp ... @end lisp. % @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things, % including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). % Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. \newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in % This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other % such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't % have any width. \def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input % should produce a line of output anyway. % {\obeyspaces % \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}} % Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is % for use in \parsearg. {\sepspaces% \global\let\obeyedspace= } % This space is always present above and below environments. \newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt % Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here % to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip % is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the % start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. % \def\aboveenvbreak{{% % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz, q.v. \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \advance\envskipamount by \parskip \endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount \removelastskip % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak % or better ... \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \else \penalty-50 \fi \vskip\envskipamount \fi \fi }} \let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak % \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins. \let\nonarrowing=\relax % @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around % environment contents. \font\circle=lcircle10 \newdimen\circthick \newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner \newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle % \def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth \def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} \def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} \def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} \def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr \hskip\rskip}} \def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr \hskip\rskip}} % \newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip \def\cartouche{% \par % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. \begingroup \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*. \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip \advance\cartinner by-\rskip \cartouter=\hsize \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either % side, and for 6pt waste from % each corner char, and rule thickness \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. \let\nonarrowing=\comment \vbox\bgroup \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt \carttop \hbox\bgroup \hskip\lskip \vrule\kern3pt \vbox\bgroup \hsize=\cartinner \kern3pt \begingroup \baselineskip=\normbskip \lineskip=\normlskip \parskip=\normpskip \vskip -\parskip \def\Ecartouche{% \endgroup \kern3pt \egroup \kern3pt\vrule \hskip\rskip \egroup \cartbot \egroup \endgroup }} % This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, % inside a group. \def\nonfillstart{% \aboveenvbreak \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output \parskip = 0pt \parindent = 0pt \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing % at next level down. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing \let\exdent=\nofillexdent \let\nonarrowing=\relax \fi } % Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular % environment, so the error checking in \end will work. % % To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via % \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep % the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be % inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after % the environment. % \def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup} % @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font. \def\lisp{\begingroup \nonfillstart \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish \tt \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. \gobble % eat return } % @example: Same as @lisp. \def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} % @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. % Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. \def\smalllisp{\begingroup \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% \smallexamplefonts \lisp } \let\smallexample = \smalllisp % @display: same as @lisp except keep current font. % \def\display{\begingroup \nonfillstart \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish \gobble } % % @smalldisplay: @display plus smaller fonts. % \def\smalldisplay{\begingroup \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% \smallexamplefonts \rm \display } % @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins. % \def\format{\begingroup \let\nonarrowing = t \nonfillstart \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish \gobble } % % @smallformat: @format plus smaller fonts. % \def\smallformat{\begingroup \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% \smallexamplefonts \rm \format } % @flushleft (same as @format). % \def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format} % @flushright. % \def\flushright{\begingroup \let\nonarrowing = t \nonfillstart \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill \gobble } % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) % and narrows the margins. % \def\quotation{% \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip \parindent=0pt % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment... \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}% % % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing \let\nonarrowing = \relax \fi } % LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...} % If we want to allow any as delimiter, % we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: % `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org % % [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. % % [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets % active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a % verbatim line. \def\dospecials{% \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% } % % [Knuth] p. 380 \def\uncatcodespecials{% \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials} % % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 % Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font \begingroup \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq} \endgroup % % Setup for the @verb command. % % Eight spaces for a tab \begingroup \catcode`\^^I=\active \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} \endgroup % \def\setupverb{% \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% \catcode`\`=\active \tabeightspaces % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and % make each space count % must do in this order: \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces } % Setup for the @verbatim environment % % Real tab expansion \newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount % \def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} \begingroup \catcode`\^^I=\active \gdef\tabexpand{% \catcode`\^^I=\active \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab \divide\dimen0 by\tabw \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox }% } \endgroup \def\setupverbatim{% % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim \tt \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% \catcode`\`=\active \tabexpand % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and % make each space count % must do in this order: \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces \everypar{\starttabbox}% } % Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique % delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a % right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: % % \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1} % % [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} \begingroup \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12 \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] \endgroup % \def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} % % % Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that % the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: % % \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} % % For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, % because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': % we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. % % Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] %% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know %% \begingroup %% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1 %% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active %% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[ %% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]] %% |endgroup % \begingroup \catcode`\ =\active \obeylines % % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank % line in the output. \gdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\end{verbatim}}% \endgroup % \def\verbatim{% \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% \begingroup \nonfillstart \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim } % @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. % % Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). \def\verbatiminclude{% \begingroup \catcode`\\=\other \catcode`~=\other \catcode`^=\other \catcode`_=\other \catcode`|=\other \catcode`<=\other \catcode`>=\other \catcode`+=\other \parsearg\doverbatiminclude } \def\setupverbatiminclude{% \begingroup \nonfillstart \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent \begingroup\setupverbatim } % \def\doverbatiminclude#1{% % Restore active chars for included file. \endgroup \begingroup \let\value=\expandablevalue \def\thisfile{#1}% \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile \endgroup \nonfillfinish \endgroup } % @copying ... @end copying. % Save the text away for @insertcopying later. Many commands won't be % allowed in this context, but that's ok. % % We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. % Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the % typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done % beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source % file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as % possible is very desirable. % \def\copying{\begingroup % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end copying'. % \ is the escape char in this texinfo.tex file, so it is the % delimiter for the command; @ will be the escape char when we read % it, but that doesn't matter. \long\def\docopying##1\end copying{\gdef\copyingtext{##1}\enddocopying}% % % We must preserve ^^M's in the input file; see \insertcopying below. \catcode`\^^M = \active \docopying } % What we do to finish off the copying text. % \def\enddocopying{\endgroup\ignorespaces} % @insertcopying. Here we must play games with ^^M's. On the one hand, % we need them to delimit commands such as `@end quotation', so they % must be active. On the other hand, we certainly don't want every % end-of-line to be a \par, as would happen with the normal active % definition of ^^M. On the third hand, two ^^M's in a row should still % generate a \par. % % Our approach is to make ^^M insert a space and a penalty1 normally; % then it can also check if \lastpenalty=1. If it does, then manually % do \par. % % This messes up the normal definitions of @c[omment], so we redefine % it. Similarly for @ignore. (These commands are used in the gcc % manual for man page generation.) % % Seems pretty fragile, most line-oriented commands will presumably % fail, but for the limited use of getting the copying text (which % should be quite simple) inserted, we can hope it's ok. % {\catcode`\^^M=\active % \gdef\insertcopying{\begingroup % \parindent = 0pt % looks wrong on title page \def^^M{% \ifnum \lastpenalty=1 % \par % \else % \space \penalty 1 % \fi % }% % % Fix @c[omment] for catcode 13 ^^M's. \def\c##1^^M{\ignorespaces}% \let\comment = \c % % % Don't bother jumping through all the hoops that \doignore does, it % would be very hard since the catcodes are already set. \long\def\ignore##1\end ignore{\ignorespaces}% % \copyingtext % \endgroup}% } \message{defuns,} % @defun etc. % Allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally \def\setdeffont#1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname} \newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in \newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt \newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt \newcount\parencount % We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. % \def\activeparens{% \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active } % Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. \let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) {\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm) % Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, % if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, % so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack \gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 } \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} % This is used to turn on special parens % but make & act ordinary (given that it's active). \gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr} % Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions. % This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses. \gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested \global\advance\parencount by 1 } % % This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens. \gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 } % \gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0. % also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (. \ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi \global\advance \parencount by -1 } % If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards \gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ } % \gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr} } % End of definition inside \activeparens %% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the %% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] \def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 } \def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 } \let\ampnr = \& \def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} \def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}} % Active &'s sneak into the index arguments, so make sure it's defined. { \catcode`& = \active \global\let& = \ampnr } % \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). % #1 is the function name. % #2 is the type of definition, such as "Function". % \def\defname#1#2{% % How we'll output the type name. Putting it in brackets helps % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line % just below it. \ifempty{#2}% \def\defnametype{}% \else \def\defnametype{[\rm #2]}% \fi % % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... \dimen2=\leftskip \advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent % % Figure out values for the paragraph shape. \setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\defnametype}}% \dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line \dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent % size for continuations \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1 % % Output arg 2 ("Function" or some such) but stuck inside a box of % width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking. \noindent % {% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins, % so that \rightline will obey them. \advance \hsize by -\dimen2 \dimen3 = 0pt % was -1.25pc \rlap{\rightline{\defnametype\kern\dimen3}}% }% % % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent {\df #1}\enskip % output function name % \defunargs will be called next to output the arguments, if any. } % Common pieces to start any @def... % #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define). % #2 is the \...x control sequence (which our caller defines). % #3 is the control sequence to process the header, such as \defunheader. % \def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{% \begingroup\inENV % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, % which is there to keep the function description together with its % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we want to allow a % break after all. Check for penalty 10002 (inserted by % \defargscommonending) instead of 10000, since the sectioning % commands insert a \penalty10000, and we don't want to allow a break % between a section heading and a defun. \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty0 \fi \medbreak % % Define the \E... end token that this defining construct specifies % so that it will exit this group. \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% % \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent } % Common part of the \...x definitions. % \def\defxbodycommon{% % As with \parsebodycommon above, allow line break if we have multiple % x headers in a row. It's not a great place, though. \ifnum\lastpenalty=10000 \penalty1000 \fi % \begingroup\obeylines } % Process body of @defun, @deffn, @defmac, etc. % \def\defparsebody#1#2#3{% \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% \def#2{\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit#3}% \catcode\equalChar=\active \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens \spacesplit#3% } % #1, #2, #3 are the common arguments (see \parsebodycommon above). % #4, delimited by the space, is the class name. % \def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {% \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens % The \empty here prevents misinterpretation of a construct such as % @deffn {whatever} {Enharmonic comma} % See comments at \deftpparsebody, although in our case we don't have % to remove the \empty afterwards, since it is empty. \spacesplit{#3{#4}}\empty } % Used for @deftypemethod and @deftypeivar. % #1, #2, #3 are the common arguments (see \defparsebody). % #4, delimited by a space, is the class name. % #5 is the method's return type. % \def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {% \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% \def#2##1 ##2 {\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}% \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens \spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}% } % Used for @deftypeop. The change from \deftypemethparsebody is an % extra argument at the beginning which is the `category', instead of it % being the hardwired string `Method' or `Instance Variable'. We have % to account for this both in the \...x definition and in parsing the % input at hand. Thus also need a control sequence (passed as #5) for % the \E... definition to assign the category name to. % \def\deftypeopparsebody#1#2#3#4#5 #6 {% \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% \def#2##1 ##2 ##3 {\def#4{##1}% \defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##2}{##3}}}% \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens \spacesplit{#3{#5}{#6}}% } % For @defop. \def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {% \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% \defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens \spacesplit{#3{#5}}% } % These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones % except that they do not make parens into active characters. % These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments. % \def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{% \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% \def#2{\defxbodycommon \spacesplit#3}% \catcode\equalChar=\active \begingroup\obeylines \spacesplit#3% } % @defopvar. \def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {% \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% \defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% \begingroup\obeylines \spacesplit{#3{#5}}% } \def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {% \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% \begingroup\obeylines \spacesplit{#3{#4}}% } % This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the % type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct % termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument. Sigh. % \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody % % So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name. That % way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and % won't strip off the braces. % \def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {% \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% \begingroup\obeylines \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty } % Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the % braces (if any). That's what this does. % \def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1} % After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final % thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3 % (which might be empty) the arguments. % \def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{% #1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}% }% % Split up #2 (the rest of the input line) at the first space token. % call #1 with two arguments: % the first is all of #2 before the space token, % the second is all of #2 after that space token. % If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg % and the second is passed as empty. % {\obeylines % \gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitx{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitx}% \long\gdef\spacesplitx#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitx{% \ifx\relax #3% #1{#2}{}% \else % #1{#2}{#3#4}% \fi}% } % Define @defun. % This is called to end the arguments processing for all the @def... commands. % \def\defargscommonending{% \interlinepenalty = 10000 \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil \endgraf \nobreak\vskip -\parskip \penalty 10002 % signal to \parsebodycommon. } % This expands the args and terminates the paragraph they comprise. % \def\defunargs#1{\functionparens \sl % Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. % Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. % Set the font temporarily and use \font in case \setfont made \tensl a macro. {\tensl\hyphenchar\font=0}% #1% {\tensl\hyphenchar\font=45}% \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi% \defargscommonending } \def\deftypefunargs #1{% % Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. % Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. % Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special. \boldbraxnoamp \tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars \defargscommonending } % Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed. % @deffn Command forward-char nchars \def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader} \def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup % \catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @defun == @deffn Function \def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader} \def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}% \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % \catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) \def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader} % #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args. \def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax} % #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args. \def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{% \doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}% \deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup % \catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) \def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader} % \defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$ % puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null. \def\defheaderxcond#1#2$.${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi} % #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args. \def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax} % #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args. \def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{% \doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup \normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents % at least some C++ text from working \defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{#1}% \deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup % \catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @defmac == @deffn Macro \def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader} \def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}% \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % \catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @defspec == @deffn Special Form \def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader} \def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}% \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % \catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG... % \def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}% \defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype} % \def\defopheader#1#2#3{% \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% function index entry \begingroup \defname{#2}{\defoptype\ \putwordon\ #1}% \defunargs{#3}% \endgroup } % @deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS TYPE OPERATION ARG... % \def\deftypeop #1 {\def\deftypeopcategory{#1}% \deftypeopparsebody\Edeftypeop\deftypeopx\deftypeopheader \deftypeopcategory} % % #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the operation name, #4 the args. \def\deftypeopheader#1#2#3#4{% \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index \begingroup \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3} {\deftypeopcategory\ \putwordon\ \code{#1}}% \deftypefunargs{#4}% \endgroup } % @deftypemethod CLASS TYPE METHOD ARG... % \def\deftypemethod{% \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader} % % #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args. \def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{% \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index \begingroup \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}% \deftypefunargs{#4}% \endgroup } % @deftypeivar CLASS TYPE VARNAME % \def\deftypeivar{% \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypeivar\deftypeivarx\deftypeivarheader} % % #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the variable name. \def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{% \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index \begingroup \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3} {\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}% \defvarargs{#3}% \endgroup } % @defmethod == @defop Method % \def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader} % % #1 is the class name, #2 the method name, #3 the args. \def\defmethodheader#1#2#3{% \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index \begingroup \defname{#2}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}% \defunargs{#3}% \endgroup } % @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag \def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}% \defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype} \def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{% \dosubind{vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% variable index entry \begingroup \defname{#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}% \defvarargs{#3}% \endgroup } % @defivar CLASS VARNAME == @defcv {Instance Variable} CLASS VARNAME % \def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader} % \def\defivarheader#1#2#3{% \dosubind{vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in var index \begingroup \defname{#2}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ #1}% \defvarargs{#3}% \endgroup } % @defvar % First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar. % This is actually simple: just print them in roman. % This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up \def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1% \defargscommonending } % @defvr Counter foo-count \def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader} \def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}% \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup} % @defvar == @defvr Variable \def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader} \def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}% \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % } % @defopt == @defvr {User Option} \def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader} \def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}% \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % } % @deftypevar int foobar \def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader} % #1 is the data type. #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that % is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index. \def\deftypevarheader #1#2{% \dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}% \defargscommonending \endgroup} \def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}} % @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable \def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader} \def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax% \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{#1} \defargscommonending \endgroup} % Now define @deftp % Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar. \def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}} % @deftp Class window height width ... \def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader} \def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}% \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup} % These definitions are used if you use @defunx (etc.) % anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx. % \def\defcvx#1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}} \def\deffnx#1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}} \def\defivarx#1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}} \def\defmacx#1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}} \def\defmethodx#1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}} \def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}} \def\defopx#1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}} \def\defspecx#1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}} \def\deftpx#1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}} \def\deftypefnx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}} \def\deftypefunx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}} \def\deftypeivarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeivarx in invalid context}} \def\deftypemethodx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}} \def\deftypeopx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeopx in invalid context}} \def\deftypevarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}} \def\deftypevrx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}} \def\defunx#1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}} \def\defvarx#1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}} \def\defvrx#1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}} \message{macros,} % @macro. % To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined \newwrite\macscribble \def\scanmacro#1{% \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@ % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. \toks0={#1\endinput}% \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% \immediate\closeout\macscribble \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces \input \jobname.tmp \endgroup } \else \def\scanmacro#1{% \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@ \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup} \fi \newcount\paramno % Count of parameters \newtoks\macname % Macro name \newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? \def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form % \do\macro1\do\macro2... % Utility routines. % Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames. \def\cslet#1#2{% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\let \expandafter\expandafter \csname#1\endcsname \csname#2\endcsname} % Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. % Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). {\catcode`\@=11 \gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} \gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} \gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} \def\unbrace#1{#1} \unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} } % Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. {\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% \gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% \gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% \gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% } % Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where % all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active % (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. % It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is % done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. \def\macrobodyctxt{% \catcode`\~=\other \catcode`\^=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\+=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\^^M=\other \usembodybackslash} \def\macroargctxt{% \catcode`\~=\other \catcode`\^=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\+=\other \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\\=\other} % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. % It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N % where N is the macro parameter number. % We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so % \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. {\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} } \expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} \def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\macroxxx#1{% \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments \paramno=0% \else \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% \fi \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% \else \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% % Add the macroname to \macrolist \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}% \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}% \fi \begingroup \macrobodyctxt \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody \else \expandafter\parsemacbody \fi} \def\unmacro{\parsearg\dounmacro} \def\dounmacro#1{% \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: \begingroup \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax \let\do\unmacrodo \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% \endgroup \else \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% \fi } % Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any % macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. % \def\unmacrodo#1{% \ifx#1\relax % remove this \else \noexpand\do \noexpand #1% \fi } % This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a % is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by % an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. \def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} \def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} \def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} \def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} % Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist % so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah % in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. % That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). % We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. % The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something % unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine % it to # just before using the token list produced. % % The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before % the macro is used. \def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} \def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% \if#1;\let\next=\relax \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx \advance\paramno by 1% \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% \fi\next} % These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. % (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) \long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% {\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% \long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% {\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% % This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and % nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. % Much magic with \expandafter here. % \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file % they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. \def\defmacro{% \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars \ifrecursive \ifcase\paramno % 0 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \noexpand\braceorline \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \else % many \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \fi \else \ifcase\paramno % 0 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \noexpand\braceorline \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% \egroup \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% \else % many \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname \paramlist{% \egroup \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% \fi \fi} \def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} % \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a % {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole % line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence % as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) \def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} \def\braceorlinexxx{% \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else \expandafter\parsearg \fi \next} % We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not % expanded by \write. \def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}% \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next} % @alias. % We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal % sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. \def\alias{\begingroup\obeyspaces\parsearg\aliasxxx} \def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} \def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{\ignoreactivespaces \edef\next{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname=% \expandafter\noexpand\csname#2\endcsname}% \expandafter\endgroup\next} \message{cross references,} % @xref etc. \newwrite\auxfile \newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. \newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. % @inforef is relatively simple. \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} \def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} % @node's job is to define \lastnode. \def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz} \def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx #1,\finishnodeparse} \def\nodexxx#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} \let\nwnode=\node \let\lastnode=\relax % The sectioning commands (@chapter, etc.) call these. \def\donoderef{% \ifx\lastnode\relax\else \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}% {Ysectionnumberandtype}% \global\let\lastnode=\relax \fi } \def\unnumbnoderef{% \ifx\lastnode\relax\else \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}{Ynothing}% \global\let\lastnode=\relax \fi } \def\appendixnoderef{% \ifx\lastnode\relax\else \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}% {Yappendixletterandtype}% \global\let\lastnode=\relax \fi } % @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. % \newcount\savesfregister \gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} \gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} \gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} % \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an % anchor), namely NAME-title (the corresponding @chapter/etc. name), % NAME-pg (the page number), and NAME-snt (section number and type). % Called from \foonoderef. % % We have to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section % title aren't expanded. It would be nicer not to expand the titles in % the first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do. % % Likewise, use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore % and backslash work in node names. % \def\setref#1#2{{% \atdummies \pdfmkdest{#1}% % \turnoffactive \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}% }} % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is % the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed % node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed % manual. All but the node name can be omitted. % \def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup \unsepspaces \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}% \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}% \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}% \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt % No printed node name was explicitly given. \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax % Use the node name inside the square brackets. \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% \else % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% \else \ifhavexrefs % We know the real title if we have the xref values. \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}% \else % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% \fi% \fi \fi \fi % % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. \ifpdf \leavevmode \getfilename{#4}% {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash \ifnum\filenamelength>0 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}% \else \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% goto name{#1}% \fi }% \linkcolor \fi % \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% \else % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi }% % output the `[mynode]' via a macro. \xrefprintnodename\printednodename % % But we always want a comma and a space: ,\space % % output the `page 3'. \turnoffactive \otherbackslash \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% \fi \endlink \endgroup} % This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref % output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, % since not square brackets don't work in some documents. Particularly % one that Bob is working on :). % \def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} % \dosetq is called from \setref to do the actual \write (\iflinks). % \def\dosetq#1#2{% {\let\folio=0% \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}% \iflinks \next \fi }% } % \internalsetq{foo}{page} expands into % CHARACTERS @xrdef{foo}{...expansion of \page...} \def\internalsetq#1#2{@xrdef{#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}} % Things to be expanded by \internalsetq. % \def\Ypagenumber{\folio} \def\Ytitle{\thissection} \def\Ynothing{} \def\Ysectionnumberandtype{% \ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno \else \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno \fi\fi\fi } \def\Yappendixletterandtype{% \ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno \else \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno \fi\fi\fi } % Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error % messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. % \ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. \else \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space} \fi % Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. % If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. % \def\refx#1#2{% {% \indexnofonts \otherbackslash \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX \csname X#1\endcsname }% \ifx\thisrefX\relax % If not defined, say something at least. \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright \iflinks \ifhavexrefs \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% \else \ifwarnedxrefs\else \global\warnedxrefstrue \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% \fi \fi \fi \else % It's defined, so just use it. \thisrefX \fi #2% Output the suffix in any case. } % This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. % \def\xrdef#1{\expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname} % Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. \def\readauxfile{\begingroup \catcode`\^^@=\other \catcode`\^^A=\other \catcode`\^^B=\other \catcode`\^^C=\other \catcode`\^^D=\other \catcode`\^^E=\other \catcode`\^^F=\other \catcode`\^^G=\other \catcode`\^^H=\other \catcode`\^^K=\other \catcode`\^^L=\other \catcode`\^^N=\other \catcode`\^^P=\other \catcode`\^^Q=\other \catcode`\^^R=\other \catcode`\^^S=\other \catcode`\^^T=\other \catcode`\^^U=\other \catcode`\^^V=\other \catcode`\^^W=\other \catcode`\^^X=\other \catcode`\^^Z=\other \catcode`\^^[=\other \catcode`\^^\=\other \catcode`\^^]=\other \catcode`\^^^=\other \catcode`\^^_=\other % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. % % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. % \catcode`\^=\other % % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... \catcode`\~=\other \catcode`\[=\other \catcode`\]=\other \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\$=\other \catcode`\#=\other \catcode`\&=\other \catcode`\%=\other \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off % % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters {% \count 1=128 \def\loop{% \catcode\count 1=\other \advance\count 1 by 1 \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi }% }% % % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names. % For example, @xrdef{$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^ % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish, % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in. \catcode`\\=\other % % @ is our escape character in .aux files. \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=0 % \openin 1 \jobname.aux \ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 \input \jobname.aux \global\havexrefstrue \global\warnedobstrue \fi % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. \openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux \endgroup} % Footnotes. \newcount \footnoteno % The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is % vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a % pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is % removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a % space to prevent strange expansion errors.) \def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } % @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. \let\footnotestyle=\comment \let\ptexfootnote=\footnote {\catcode `\@=11 % % Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. \gdef\footnote{% \let\indent=\ptexindent \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% % % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. \let\@sf\empty \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi % % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. \unskip \thisfootno\@sf \dofootnote }% % Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the % footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. % % Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses % \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when % the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. % % The start of the footnote looks usually like this: \gdef\startfootins{\insert\footins\bgroup} % % ... but this macro is redefined inside @multitable. % \gdef\dofootnote{% \startfootins % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. % So reset some parameters. \hsize=\pagewidth \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \spaceskip\z@skip \xspaceskip\z@skip \parindent\defaultparindent % \smallfonts \rm % % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). \let\noindent = \relax % % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. \everypar = {\hang}% \textindent{\thisfootno}% % % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. \footstrut \futurelet\next\fo@t } }%end \catcode `\@=11 % @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should % surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the % change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would % have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main % vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). % \def\|{% % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. \leavevmode % % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. \vadjust{% % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. \vskip-\baselineskip % % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. \llap{% % % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt % % This is the space between the bar and the text. \hskip 12pt }% }% } % For a final copy, take out the rectangles % that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided % that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). % \def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} % @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. % If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. % % Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image % time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get % undone and the next image would fail. \openin 1 = epsf.tex \ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% \input epsf.tex \fi % % We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. \newif\ifwarnednoepsf \newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} % \def\image#1{% \ifx\epsfbox\undefined \ifwarnednoepsf \else \errhelp = \noepsfhelp \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% \global\warnednoepsftrue \fi \else \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish \fi } % % Arguments to @image: % #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. % #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. % #5 is (ignored optional) extension. % #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. \newif\ifimagevmode \def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names % If the image is by itself, center it. \ifvmode \imagevmodetrue \nobreak\bigskip % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space % above and below. \nobreak\vskip\parskip \nobreak \line\bgroup\hss \fi % % Output the image. \ifpdf \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% \else % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi \epsfbox{#1.eps}% \fi % \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image \endgroup} \message{localization,} % and i18n. % @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after % @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything % properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation. % It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here. % \def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage} \def\dodocumentlanguage#1{% \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. % Read the file if it exists. \openin 1 txi-#1.tex \ifeof1 \errhelp = \nolanghelp \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% \let\temp = \relax \else \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }% \fi \temp \endgroup } \newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory should work if nowhere else does.} % @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most % likely, but for now just recognize it. \let\documentencoding = \comment % Page size parameters. % \newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt \chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt \secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt \subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt % Prevent underfull vbox error messages. \vbadness = 10000 % Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. \hbadness = 2000 % Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. \widowpenalty=10000 \clubpenalty=10000 % Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're % using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of % stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on % \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. % \def\setemergencystretch{% \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% \else \emergencystretch = .15\hsize \fi } % Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset; % 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; 7) physical page height; 8) % physical page width. % % We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define % \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. % \def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% \voffset = #3\relax \topskip = #6\relax \splittopskip = \topskip % \vsize = #1\relax \advance\vsize by \topskip \outervsize = \vsize \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin \pageheight = \vsize % \hsize = #2\relax \outerhsize = \hsize \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in \pagewidth = \hsize % \normaloffset = #4\relax \bindingoffset = #5\relax % \ifpdf \pdfpageheight #7\relax \pdfpagewidth #8\relax \fi % \setleading{\textleading} % \parindent = \defaultparindent \setemergencystretch } % @letterpaper (the default). \def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \textleading = 13.2pt % % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}% {\voffset}{.25in}% {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% {11in}{8.5in}% }} % Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format. \def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt \textleading = 12pt % \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% {\voffset}{.25in}% {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% {9.25in}{7in}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.3in \tolerance = 700 \hfuzz = 1pt \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = .5cm }} % Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. \def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \textleading = 13.2pt % % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in % your texinfo source file like this: % @tex % \global\normaloffset = -6mm % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm % @end tex \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm} {\voffset}{\hoffset}% {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% {297mm}{210mm}% % \tolerance = 700 \hfuzz = 1pt \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = 5mm }} % Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. % From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. % He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. \def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt \textleading = 12.5pt % \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% {\voffset}{\hoffset}% {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% {210mm}{148mm}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.2in \tolerance = 800 \hfuzz = 1.2pt \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = 2mm \tableindent = 12mm }} % A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. \def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 \afourpaper \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% {\voffset}{4.6mm}% {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% {297mm}{210mm}% % % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. \globaldefs = 0 }} % Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. \def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 \afourpaper \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% {297mm}{210mm}% \globaldefs = 0 }} % @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] % Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, % and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. % \def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx} \def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} \def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi \globaldefs = 1 % \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \setleading{\textleading}% % \dimen0 = #1 \advance\dimen0 by \voffset % \dimen2 = \hsize \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset % \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% }} % Set default to letter. % \letterpaper \message{and turning on texinfo input format.} % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\~=\other \catcode`\^=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\+=\other \catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"} \def\normaltilde{~} \def\normalcaret{^} \def\normalunderscore{_} \def\normalverticalbar{|} \def\normalless{<} \def\normalgreater{>} \def\normalplus{+} \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix % This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont % where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts, % where something hairier probably needs to be done. % % #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print % otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero % interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all % typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. % \def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches % non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from % italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway % this is not a problem. \def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Turn off all special characters except @ % (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). % Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can % use math or other variants that look better in normal text. \catcode`\"=\active \def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} \let"=\activedoublequote \catcode`\~=\active \def~{{\tt\char126}} \chardef\hat=`\^ \catcode`\^=\active \def^{{\tt \hat}} \catcode`\_=\active \def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} % Subroutine for the previous macro. \def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } \catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}} \chardef \less=`\< \catcode`\<=\active \def<{{\tt \less}} \chardef \gtr=`\> \catcode`\>=\active \def>{{\tt \gtr}} \catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}} \catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix % Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time. {\catcode`\==\active \global\def={{\tt \char 61}}} \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active % If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file % name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. % So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. % \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. \def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} \catcode`\@=0 % \rawbackslashxx outputs one backslash character in current font, % as in \char`\\. \global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\ % \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \rawbackslashxx. % \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with % catcode other. {\catcode`\\=\active @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx} @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} } % \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other. {\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}} % \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. \def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}} \catcode`\\=\active % Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters % even after parsing them. @def@turnoffactive{% @let"=@normaldoublequote @let\=@realbackslash @let~=@normaltilde @let^=@normalcaret @let_=@normalunderscore @let|=@normalverticalbar @let<=@normalless @let>=@normalgreater @let+=@normalplus @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix } % Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of % the literal character `\'. (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in % effect.) % @def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash} % Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. % This is canceled by @fixbackslash. @otherifyactive % If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. % That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing % a backslash. % @gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} @global@let\ = @eatinput % On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then % the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix % that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. % Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. % @gdef@fixbackslash{% @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active } % Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. @escapechar = `@@ % These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. @catcode`@& = @other @catcode`@# = @other @catcode`@% = @other @c Set initial fonts. @textfonts @rm @c Local variables: @c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) @c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" @c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" @c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" @c time-stamp-end: "}" @c End: tamu_anova-0.2/anova_1.c0000644000156100017520000001401510356752160012126 00000000000000#ifndef __TAMU_ANOVA_H #define __TAMU_ANOVA_H /* One way ANOVA This package defines ANOVA for one factor. This package was written by: Andrew Redd Krista Rister Elizabeth Young */ #include #include #include //This is required for the tamu_anova_printtable function. /*This structure contains all the data that will be included in a one-way ANOVA table.*/ struct tamu_anova_table { long dfTr, dfE, dfT; //Degrees of freedom for the treatment, error, and total double SSTr, SSE, SST; //Sum of squares for the treatment, error, and total double MSTr, MSE; //Mean squares for the treatment and error double F; //F test statistic corresponding to the test double p; //p value (upper tail probability) corresponding with the F statistic }; /*This function runs one-way ANOVA after being passed the following arguments: -data: An array of doubles representing all the observations to be included in the test. -factor: An array of long integers representing the group that the corresponding data value belongs in. For example, if factor[i]=1, then data[i] belongs in the first group or first treatment level. -I: The number of data values included in the test. -J: The number of groups or levels of the treatment. Each member of the factor array must be an integer value between 1 and J, inclusive. */ struct tamu_anova_table tamu_anova (double data[], long factor[], long I, long J) { //Error checking////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //This for loop checks to make sure each member of the factor array is valid. int k; for (k = 0; k < I; k++) { if (factor[k] < 1 || factor[k] > J) { //Cannot use GSL_ERROR since it assumes an integer return value which our fuction does not do //but it may do it in the future. //GSL_ERROR("Invalid factor passed to tamu_anova. All members of factor array must be between 1 and J, inclusive.", 4444); gsl_error ("Invalid factor passed to tamu_anova. All members of factor array must be between 1 and J, inclusive.", __FILE__, __LINE__, GSL_EINVAL); k = I; }; }; //Declarations//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// struct tamu_anova_table rtntbl; //Table to be returned by function long i, j; //We will use i and j as iterators to iterate over I and J respectively. double grandsum = 0; //Sum of all I data values double cf; //Correction factor used for calculating sum of squares long n[J]; //The n array holds the number of data values belonging to each of the J groups or treatement levels. double subsum[J]; //The subsum array is used to hold the sum of the data in each of the J groups. //Computes the grandsum, the sum of all I data values////////////////////////////////////////// for (i = 0; i < I; i++) { grandsum += data[i]; }; //Calculates the correction factor cf using the grandsum/////////////////////////////////////// cf = grandsum * grandsum / I; //Computes sum of squares for the treatment (SSTr)///////////////////////////////////////////// //First, calculate the sum of the data and find the number of data in each group/////////////////// for (j = 0; j < J; j++) { subsum[j] = 0; n[j] = 0; }; //Initialize subsum to zero for all j. #ifdef TAMU_ANOVA_DEBUG printf ("DEBUG INFO:: contents of submean and n arrays:\n"); for (j = 0; j < J; j++) { printf ("%ld %f\n", n[j], subsum[j]); }; #endif /* tamu_anova_debug */ for (i = 0; i < I; i++) { subsum[factor[i] - 1] += data[i]; n[factor[i] - 1]++; //This increments the number of observations in the group determined by factor[i]. }; //Now, using subsum and n arrays and correction factor cf, calculates SSTr///////////////////// rtntbl.SSTr = 0; //Initializes SSTr to 0 for (j = 0; j < J; j++) { rtntbl.SSTr += subsum[j] * subsum[j] / n[j]; }; rtntbl.SSTr -= cf; #ifdef TAMU_ANOVA_DEBUG printf ("DEBUG INFO:: contents of submean and n arrays:\n"); for (j = 0; j < J; j++) { printf ("%ld %f\n", n[j], subsum[j]); }; #endif /* tamu_anova_debug */ //Computes the sum of squares for the error (SSE) and the total sum of squares (SST)/////////// rtntbl.SSE = 0; //Initializes SSE to 0 rtntbl.SST = 0; //Initializes SST to 0 for (i = 0; i < I; i++) { rtntbl.SST += (data[i]) * (data[i]); }; rtntbl.SST -= cf; rtntbl.SSE = rtntbl.SST - rtntbl.SSTr; //Uses SST and SSTr to calculate SSE //Computes the degrees of freedom rtntbl.dfTr = J - 1; rtntbl.dfE = I - J; rtntbl.dfT = I - 1; //Computes the mean squares (MSTr and MSE)//////////////////////////////////////////////////// rtntbl.MSTr = rtntbl.SSTr / rtntbl.dfTr; rtntbl.MSE = rtntbl.SSE / rtntbl.dfE; //Computes the F test statistic/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// rtntbl.F = rtntbl.MSTr / rtntbl.MSE; //Computes 'p'-value using F cdf from GSL///////////////////////////////////////////////////// #ifdef TAMU_ANOVA_DEBUG printf ("rtntbl.dfTr as double: %f\nrtntbl.dfE as double: %f\n", (double) rtntbl.dfTr, (double) rtntbl.dfE); #endif /* tamu_anova_debug */ rtntbl.p = gsl_cdf_fdist_Q (rtntbl.F, (double) rtntbl.dfTr, (double) rtntbl.dfE); //Return entire table return rtntbl; }; /*This function prints a formatted version of the tamu_anova_table passed to it.*/ void tamu_anova_printtable (struct tamu_anova_table t) { printf ("source d.f. SS MS F P\n"); printf ("treatments %4li %10f %10f %10f %10f\n", t.dfTr, t.SSTr, t.MSTr, t.F, t.p); printf ("error %4li %10f %10f\n", t.dfE, t.SSE, t.MSE); printf ("total %4li %10f\n", t.dfT, t.SST); }; #endif /*__TAMU_ANOVA_H*/ tamu_anova-0.2/anova_2.c0000644000156100017520000003621210625171340012124 00000000000000#ifndef __GSL_TAMU_ANOVA_TWOWAY_H #define __GSL_TAMU_ANOVA_TWOWAY_H /* Two way ANOVA This package defines ANOVA for two factors, including: two-factor fixed effects two-factor random effects two-factor mixed model This package was writen by: Andrew Redd Krista Rister Elizabeth Young */ #include #include #include #include #include #include /*This structure contains all the data that will be included in a two-way ANOVA table.*/ struct tamu_anova_table_twoway { long dfA, dfB, dfAB, dfE, dfT; //Degrees of freedom for factor A, factor B, interaction, error, and total double SSA, MSA, FA, pA, //For factor a, the sum of squares, mean squares, F statistic, and p value SSB, MSB, FB, pB, //For factor b, the sum of squares, mean squares, F statistic, and p value SSAB, MSAB, FAB, pAB, //For interaction, the sum of squares, mean squares, F statistic, and p value SSE, MSE, //For error, the sum of squares and mean squares SST; //The total sum of squares }; //Definition of three different models enum gsl_anova_twoway_types { anova_fixed, anova_random, anova_mixed }; /*This function runs two-way ANOVA after being passed the following arguments: -data: An array of doubles representing all the observations to be included in the test. -factor: A two-dimensional matrix of long integers representing the group that the corresponding data value belongs in. For example, if factor[i][0]=1 and factor[i][1]=2, then data[i] belongs in the group pertaining to the first treatment level of factor A and the second treatment level of factor B. -I: The number of data values included in the test. -J: An array containing the number of treatment levels of factor A (J[0]) and factor B (J[1]). For every i from 1 to I, factor[i][0] must be an integer value between 1 and J[0], and factor[i][1] must be an integer value between 1 and J[1], both inclusive. -type: Can take one of three values (anova_fixed, anova_random, or anova_mixed) and defines the model of the study. */ struct tamu_anova_table_twoway tamu_anova_twoway (double data[], long factor[][2], long I, long J[2], enum gsl_anova_twoway_types type) { //Error checking///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //This for loop checks to make sure each of member of the factor array is valid. long k; for (k = 0; k < I; k++) { if ((factor[k][0] < 1 || factor[k][0] > J[0]) || (factor[k][1] < 1 || factor[k][1] > J[1])) { //Cannot use GSL_ERROR since it assumes an integer return value. but ay use this in the future. //GSL_ERROR("Invalid factor passed to tamu_anova_twoway. All members of factor array must be between 1 and J[0] for factor A and between 1 and J[1] for factor B, both inclusive.",GSL_EINVAL); gsl_error ("Invalid factor passed to tamu_anova_twoway. All members of factor array must be between 1 and J[0] for factor A and between 1 and J[1] for factor B, both inclusive.", __FILE__, __LINE__, GSL_EINVAL); k = I; }; }; //Declarations/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// struct tamu_anova_table_twoway rtntbl; //Table to be returned by function int i, j0, j1; //We will use these to iterate over I, J[0], and J[1], respectively. long n[J[0]][J[1]]; //Holds the number of data values belonging to each of the J[0]*J[1] groups long nrow[J[0]]; //Holds the number of data values belonging to each level of factor A long ncol[J[1]]; //Holds the number of data values belonging to each level of factor B //NOTE: Below averages are not the true arithmetic mean, but rather weighted means double motheravg = 0; /*Mean of all data values - used only to calculate an approximation for the interaction sum of squares when an exact value cannot be found by solving a system of linear equations. */ double cellavg[J[0]][J[1]]; //Average of the data values in each group (treatment) double cellsum[J[0]][J[1]]; //Sum of the data values in each group double rowavg[J[0]]; //Average of the data values for each level of factor A double rowsum[J[0]]; //Sum of the data values for each level of factor A double colavg[J[1]]; //Average of the data values for each level of factor B double colsum[J[1]]; //Sum of the data values for each level of factor B double wa[J[0]], wb[J[1]]; //Weights used in calculating sum of squares gsl_vector *tauvec; //Pointer to vector tau gsl_matrix *cmat; //Pointer to the coefficient matrix gsl_vector *rvec; //Pointer to the r vector gsl_vector *rltvec; //Pointer to a vector to hold the results //Initialization of values////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { n[j0][j1] = 0; }; for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { cellsum[j0][j1] = 0; cellavg[j0][j1] = 0; }; for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) { rowavg[j0] = 0; rowsum[j0] = 0; nrow[j0] = 0; }; for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { colavg[j1] = 0; colsum[j1] = 0; ncol[j1] = 0; }; rtntbl.SSA = 0; rtntbl.SSB = 0; rtntbl.SSAB = 0; rtntbl.SSE = 0; rtntbl.SST = 0; //Calculates sums and number of data values for each group (treatment)/////////////////////////// for (i = 0; i < I; i++) { cellsum[factor[i][0] - 1][factor[i][1] - 1] += data[i]; n[factor[i][0] - 1][factor[i][1] - 1]++; }; //Calculates cell averages, row counts, and column counts//////////////////////////////////////// for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) { for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { cellavg[j0][j1] = cellsum[j0][j1] / n[j0][j1]; nrow[j0] += n[j0][j1]; ncol[j1] += n[j0][j1]; }; }; #ifdef TAMU_ANOVA_DEBUG //Prints out cellsum and avg. printf ("cellavg:\n"); for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) { for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { printf ("%f ", cellavg[j0][j1]); }; printf ("\n"); }; printf ("cellsum\n"); for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) { for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { printf ("%f ", cellsum[j0][j1]); }; printf ("\n"); }; #endif //Calculates row averages, row sums, column averages, and column sums///////////////////////// for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { rowavg[j0] += cellavg[j0][j1]; rowsum[j0] += cellsum[j0][j1]; colavg[j1] += cellavg[j0][j1]; colsum[j1] += cellsum[j0][j1]; }; for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) { rowavg[j0] /= J[1]; }; for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { colavg[j1] /= J[0]; }; //Calculates average of all data////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { motheravg += cellavg[j0][j1]; }; motheravg /= (J[0] * J[1]); #ifdef TAMU_ANOVA_DEBUG //Prints out row avg and col avg. printf ("rowavg:\n"); for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) { printf ("%f ", rowavg[j0]); }; printf ("\n"); printf ("colavg:\n"); for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { printf ("%f ", colavg[j1]); }; printf ("\n"); printf ("rowsum:\n"); for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) { printf ("%f ", rowsum[j0]); }; printf ("\n"); printf ("colsum:\n"); for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { printf ("%f ", colsum[j1]); }; printf ("\n"); printf ("rowsum/nrow:\n"); for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) { printf ("%f ", rowsum[j0] / nrow[j0]); }; printf ("\n"); printf ("colsum/ncol:\n"); for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { printf ("%f ", colsum[j1] / ncol[j1]); }; printf ("\n"); #endif //Calculates sum of squares for factor A (SSA)/////////////////////////////////////////////// //The calculations are according to formulas found in Searle's _Analysis of Unbalanced Data_ double sw = 0; double y[J[0]]; double c = 0; for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) { wa[j0] = 0; y[j0] = 0; for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { wa[j0] += 1.0 / (double) n[j0][j1]; y[j0] += cellavg[j0][j1]; }; wa[j0] = J[1] * J[1] / wa[j0]; sw += wa[j0]; y[j0] /= J[1]; }; for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) { c += wa[j0] * y[j0] / sw; }; for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) { rtntbl.SSA += wa[j0] * pow (y[j0] - c, 2); }; //Calculates sum of squares for factor B (SSB)/////////////////////////////////////////////////// c = 0; sw = 0; double yb[J[1]]; for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { //finds wi and y~_i.. wb[j1] = 0; yb[j1] = 0; for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) { wb[j1] += 1.0 / (double) n[j0][j1]; yb[j1] += cellavg[j0][j1]; }; wb[j1] = J[0] * J[0] / wb[j1]; sw += wb[j1]; yb[j1] /= J[0]; }; for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { c += wb[j1] * yb[j1] / sw; }; for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { rtntbl.SSB += wb[j1] * pow (yb[j1] - c, 2); }; //Calculates sum of squares for interaction (SSAB)/////////////////////////////////////////////////// //Exact calculations, using a system of linear equations and GSL vectors/matrices//////////////////// rvec = gsl_vector_alloc (J[1] - 1); tauvec = gsl_vector_alloc (J[1] - 1); cmat = gsl_matrix_alloc (J[1] - 1, J[1] - 1); for (j1 = 0; j1 < (J[1] - 1); j1++) { double x = 0; for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) { x += cellsum[j0][j1] - n[j0][j1] * rowsum[j0] / nrow[j0]; //rowavg[j0]; }; gsl_vector_set (rvec, j1, x); }; #ifdef TAMU_ANOVA_DEBUG printf ("rvec:\n"); for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1] - 1; j1++) { printf ("%f\n", gsl_vector_get (rvec, j1)); }; #endif for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[1] - 1; j0++) for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1] - 1; j1++) { double x = 0; if (j0 == j1) { for (i = 0; i < J[0]; i++) { x += pow ((double) n[i][j1], 2) / (double) nrow[i]; }; gsl_matrix_set (cmat, j0, j1, (double) ncol[j1] - x); } else { for (i = 0; i < J[0]; i++) { x += (double) n[i][j0] * (double) n[i][j1] / (double) nrow[i]; }; gsl_matrix_set (cmat, j0, j1, -x); }; }; #ifdef TAMU_ANOVA_DEBUG printf ("cmat:\n"); for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[1] - 1; j0++) { for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1] - 1; j1++) { printf ("%f ", gsl_matrix_get (cmat, j0, j1)); }; printf ("\n"); }; #endif //Factor C matrix for use in QR. int QR_rslt; rltvec = gsl_vector_alloc (J[1] - 1); QR_rslt = gsl_linalg_QR_decomp (cmat, rltvec); if (QR_rslt == 0) { QR_rslt = gsl_linalg_QR_solve (cmat, rltvec, rvec, tauvec); #ifdef TAMU_ANOVA_DEBUG printf ("tauvec\n"); for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1] - 1; j1++) { printf ("%f\n", gsl_vector_get (tauvec, j1)); }; #endif //Finally we compute SSAB double R = 0; for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { rtntbl.SSAB += n[j0][j1] * pow (cellavg[j0][j1], 2); }; for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) { R += pow (rowsum[j0], 2) / nrow[j0]; }; for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1] - 1; j1++) { R += gsl_vector_get (tauvec, j1) * gsl_vector_get (rvec, j1); }; #ifdef TAMU_ANOVA_DEBUG printf ("R: %f\n", R); #endif rtntbl.SSAB -= R; } else { gsl_error ("Unable to decompose matrix. Approximate SS interaction being used.", __FILE__, __LINE__, GSL_EFACTOR); //Approximating formula to be used if matrix cannot be decomposed for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { rtntbl.SSAB += n[j0][j1] * pow (cellavg[j0][j1] - rowavg[j0] - colavg[j1] + motheravg, 2.0); }; }; //Cleanup for vectors///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// gsl_vector_free (rvec); gsl_vector_free (tauvec); gsl_matrix_free (cmat); gsl_vector_free (rltvec); //Calculates the error sum of squares (SSE)/////////////////////////////////////////////////////// for (i = 0; i < I; i++) { rtntbl.SSE += pow (data[i], 2); }; for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { rtntbl.SSE -= pow (cellavg[j0][j1], 2) * n[j0][j1]; }; //Calculates the total sum of squares (SST)/////////////////////////////////////////////////////// for (i = 0; i < I; i++) { rtntbl.SST += (data[i]); }; rtntbl.SST = -pow (rtntbl.SST, 2) / I; for (j0 = 0; j0 < J[0]; j0++) for (j1 = 0; j1 < J[1]; j1++) { rtntbl.SST += pow (cellavg[j0][j1], 2) * n[j0][j1]; }; rtntbl.SST += rtntbl.SSE; //Calculates the degrees of freedom//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// rtntbl.dfA = J[0] - 1; rtntbl.dfB = J[1] - 1; rtntbl.dfT = I - 1; rtntbl.dfAB = (J[0] - 1) * (J[1] - 1); rtntbl.dfE = I - J[0] * J[1]; //Calculates the mean squares///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// rtntbl.MSA = rtntbl.SSA / rtntbl.dfA; rtntbl.MSB = rtntbl.SSB / rtntbl.dfB; rtntbl.MSAB = rtntbl.SSAB / rtntbl.dfAB; rtntbl.MSE = rtntbl.SSE / rtntbl.dfE; //Calculates the F statistic for each of the three different model types//////////////////////////// switch (type) { case anova_fixed: rtntbl.FA = rtntbl.MSA / rtntbl.MSE; rtntbl.FB = rtntbl.MSB / rtntbl.MSE; rtntbl.FAB = rtntbl.MSAB / rtntbl.MSE; rtntbl.pA = gsl_cdf_fdist_Q (rtntbl.FA, (double) rtntbl.dfA, (double) rtntbl.dfE); rtntbl.pB = gsl_cdf_fdist_Q (rtntbl.FB, (double) rtntbl.dfB, (double) rtntbl.dfE); rtntbl.pAB = gsl_cdf_fdist_Q (rtntbl.FAB, (double) rtntbl.dfAB, (double) rtntbl.dfE); break; case anova_random: rtntbl.FA = rtntbl.MSA / rtntbl.MSAB; rtntbl.FB = rtntbl.MSB / rtntbl.MSAB; rtntbl.FAB = rtntbl.MSAB / rtntbl.MSE; rtntbl.pA = 1.0 - gsl_cdf_fdist_P (rtntbl.FA, (double) rtntbl.dfA, (double) rtntbl.dfAB); rtntbl.pB = 1.0 - gsl_cdf_fdist_P (rtntbl.FB, (double) rtntbl.dfB, (double) rtntbl.dfAB); rtntbl.pAB = 1.0 - gsl_cdf_fdist_P (rtntbl.FAB, (double) rtntbl.dfAB, (double) rtntbl.dfE); break; case anova_mixed: rtntbl.FA = rtntbl.MSA / rtntbl.MSAB; rtntbl.FB = rtntbl.MSB / rtntbl.MSE; rtntbl.FAB = rtntbl.MSAB / rtntbl.MSE; rtntbl.pA = 1.0 - gsl_cdf_fdist_P (rtntbl.FA, (double) rtntbl.dfA, (double) rtntbl.dfAB); rtntbl.pB = 1.0 - gsl_cdf_fdist_P (rtntbl.FB, (double) rtntbl.dfB, (double) rtntbl.dfE); rtntbl.pAB = 1.0 - gsl_cdf_fdist_P (rtntbl.FAB, (double) rtntbl.dfAB, (double) rtntbl.dfE); break; } //Returns entire table return rtntbl; }; /*This function prints a formatted version of the tamu_anova_table_twoway passed to it.*/ void tamu_anova_printtable_twoway (struct tamu_anova_table_twoway t) { printf ("results from anova twoway test on data\n"); printf ("source \tdf\tSS\t\tMS\t\tF \t\tP\n"); printf ("Factor-A\t%ld\t%f\t%f\t%f\t%f\n", t.dfA, t.SSA, t.MSA, t.FA, t.pA); printf ("Factor-B\t%ld\t%f\t%f\t%f\t%f\n", t.dfB, t.SSB, t.MSB, t.FB, t.pB); printf ("Interact\t%ld\t%f\t%f\t%f\t%f\n", t.dfAB, t.SSAB, t.MSAB, t.FAB, t.pAB); printf ("Error \t%ld\t%f\t%f\t\n", t.dfE, t.SSE, t.MSE); printf ("Total \t%ld\t%f\n", t.dfT, t.SST); } #endif tamu_anova-0.2/test.c0000744000156100017520000001313710355006634011563 00000000000000//#include //#include #include #include #include "tamu_anova.h" //#include /*begin declarations*/ double * data; long * factor[2]; int oneway_balanced_test(); int twoway_balanced_test(); int twoway_unbalanced_test_1(); int oneway_unbalanced_test(); int compare_twoway_tables(const struct tamu_anova_table_twoway t1,const struct tamu_anova_table_twoway t2, const double tol); /*end declarations*/ int main() { gsl_ieee_env_setup (); oneway_balanced_test(); oneway_unbalanced_test(); twoway_balanced_test(); twoway_unbalanced_test_1(); return gsl_test_summary(); }; int twoway_unbalanced_test_1() { /*Test data from Searle*/ double d[15]={ 6,10,11,13,15,14,22,12,15,19,18,31,18,9,12}; long f[15][2]={ {1,1}, {1,1}, {1,1}, {1,2}, {1,2}, {1,3},{1,3}, {2,1},{2,1},{2,1},{2,1} ,{2,2}, {2,3},{2,3},{2,3}}; long J[2]={2,3}; struct tamu_anova_table_twoway R = tamu_anova_twoway(d,f,15,J,anova_fixed); struct tamu_anova_table_twoway r; r.SSA = 123.0+27.0/35.0;r.dfA=1;r.MSA=r.SSA;r.FA=9.282857;r.pA = 0.01386499; r.SSB = 192.1276596;r.dfB=2;r.MSB=96.0638298;r.FB=7.204787;r.pB = 0.01354629; r.SSAB = 222.7659574;r.dfAB = 2; r.MSAB = 111.3829787;r.FAB = 8.353723;r.pAB = 0.00888845; r.SSE = 120.0; r.dfE=9; r.MSE = 120.0/9.0; r.SST = 520.0; r.dfT=14; int status = compare_twoway_tables(r,R,0.000001); gsl_test(status,"Unbalanced twoway fixed ANOVA test with data from Searle:%d",status); return status; }; int compare_twoway_tables(const struct tamu_anova_table_twoway t1, const struct tamu_anova_table_twoway t2, const double tol){ int sum=0; sum += (t1.SSA - t2.SSA > tol);//printf("%d",sum); sum += (t1.SSB - t2.SSB > tol); //printf("%d",sum); sum += (t1.SSAB - t2.SSAB> tol);//printf("%d",sum); sum += (t1.SSE - t2.SSE> tol);//printf("%d",sum); sum += (t1.SST - t2.SST> tol);//printf("%d",sum); sum += (t1.dfA != t2.dfA); //printf("%d",sum); sum += (t1.dfB != t2.dfB); //printf("%d",sum); sum += (t1.dfAB != t2.dfAB);//printf("%d",sum); sum += (t1.dfE != t2.dfE);//printf("%d",sum); sum += (t1.dfT != t2.dfT);//printf("%d",sum); sum += (t1.MSA - t2.MSA > tol);//printf("%d",sum); sum += (t1.MSB - t2.MSB > tol);//printf("%d",sum); sum += (t1.MSAB - t2.MSAB> tol);//printf("%d",sum); sum += (t1.MSE - t2.MSE> tol);//printf("%d",sum); sum += (t1.FA - t2.FA > tol);//printf("%d",sum); sum += (t1.FB - t2.FB > tol);//printf("%d",sum); sum += (t1.FAB - t2.FAB > tol);//printf("%d",sum); sum += (t1.pA - t2.pA > tol);//printf("%d",sum); sum += (t1.pB - t2.pB > tol);//printf("%d",sum); sum += (t1.pAB - t2.pAB > tol);//printf("%d",sum); return sum; }; int twoway_balanced_test(){ double data[36]={ 10.5, 9.2, 7.9, 8.1, 8.6, 10.1, 16.1, 15.3, 17.5, 12.8, 11.2, 13.3, 12.7, 13.7, 11.5, 16.6, 19.2, 18.5, 12.1, 12.6, 14.0, 14.4, 15.4, 13.7, 20.8, 18.0, 21.0, 10.8, 9.1 , 12.5, 11.3, 12.5, 14.5, 18.4, 18.9, 17.2}; long factor[36][2]={ {1,1},{1,1},{1,1},{2,1},{2,1},{2,1},{3,1},{3,1},{3,1}, {1,2},{1,2},{1,2},{2,2},{2,2},{2,2},{3,2},{3,2},{3,2}, {1,3},{1,3},{1,3},{2,3},{2,3},{2,3},{3,3},{3,3},{3,3}, {1,4},{1,4},{1,4},{2,4},{2,4},{2,4},{3,4},{3,4},{3,4}}; long J[2]={3,4}; struct tamu_anova_table_twoway R = tamu_anova_twoway(data,factor,36,J,anova_fixed); struct tamu_anova_table_twoway r; r.SSA = 327.5972222;r.dfA=2;r.MSA=163.798611;r.FA=103.3430;r.pA =0 ; r.SSB = 86.6866667;r.dfB=3;r.MSB=28.8955556;r.FB=18.23063;r.pB =0.000002212 ; r.SSAB = 8.031667;r.dfAB = 6; r.MSAB = 1.3386111;r.FAB =0.8445496 ;r.pAB =0.5483607 ; r.SSE = 38.04;r.dfE=24;r.MSE = 1.585; r.SST = 460.3555556;r.dfT=35; //r.FA=;r.pA = ;r.FB=;r.pB = ;r.FAB = ;r.pAB = ; int status = compare_twoway_tables(r,R,0.0001); gsl_test(status,"Balanced twoway fixed ANOVA test with data from Devore:%d",status); return status; }; int compare_tables(const struct tamu_anova_table t1, const struct tamu_anova_table t2, const double tol){ int sum=0; sum += (t1.SSTr - t2.SSTr > tol); sum += (t1.SSE - t2.SSE> tol); sum += (t1.SST - t2.SST> tol); sum += (t1.dfTr != t2.dfTr); sum += (t1.dfE != t2.dfE); sum += (t1.dfT != t2.dfT); sum += (t1.MSTr - t2.MSTr > tol); sum += (t1.MSE - t2.MSE> tol); sum += (t1.F - t2.F > tol); sum += (t1.p - t2.p > tol); return sum; }; int oneway_balanced_test(){ double data[20] = { 88.60,73.20,91.40,68.00,75.20,63.00,53.90, 69.20,50.10,71.50,44.90,59.50,40.20,56.30, 38.70,31.00,39.60,45.30,25.20,22.70, }; long factor[20]={ 1,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,4 }; struct tamu_anova_table R = tamu_anova(data,factor,20,4); struct tamu_anova_table r; r.dfTr = 3;r.SSTr = 5882.3575;r.MSTr = 1960.785833; r.dfE = 16;r.SSE = 1487.4;r.MSE=92.9625; r.dfT = 19;r.SST = 7369.7575; r.F = 21.09222356326; r.p = .000008324882; int status = compare_tables(r,R,0.0000001); gsl_test(status,"Balanced oneway ANOVA test with data from Devore:%d",status); return status; }; int oneway_unbalanced_test(){ double data[22] = { 45.50,45.30,45.40,44.40,44.60,43.90,44.60,44.00,44.20,43.90,44.70, 44.20,44.00,43.80,44.60,43.10,46.00,45.90,44.80,46.20,45.10,45.50 }; long factor[22]={ 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,3,3 }; struct tamu_anova_table R = tamu_anova(data,factor,22,3); struct tamu_anova_table r; r.dfTr = 2;r.SSTr = 7.93007576;r.MSTr = 3.96503788; r.dfE = 19;r.SSE = 5.99583333;r.MSE=0.31557018; r.dfT = 21;r.SST = 13.92590909; r.F = 12.564678576; r.p = 0.0003336161; int status = compare_tables(r,R,0.0000001); gsl_test(status,"Unbalanced oneway ANOVA test with data from Devore:%d",status); return status; }; tamu_anova-0.2/tamu_anova.texi0000644000156100017520000003321410355017024013455 00000000000000\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- @setfilename tamu_anova.info @settitle TAMU ANOVA anova package for GNU scientific library @finalout @dircategory Statistics software @direntry * tamu_anova: (tamu_anova). TAMU ANOVA extensions to GSL @end direntry @include mathinclude.texi @include version-ref.texi @iftex @copying Copyright @copyright{} 2005 Andrew Redd, Krista Rister, Elizabeth Young Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". @end copying @end iftex @titlepage @title TAMU ANOVA @subtitle ANOVA Extensions to the GNU Scientific Library @subtitle Version @value{VERSION} @subtitle @value{UPDATED} @author Andrew Redd @author Krista Rister @author Elizabeth Young @end titlepage @ifnottex @node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir) @top TAMU_ANOVA This file documents TAMU_ANOVA, a package for the GNU Scientific Library (GSL) containing functions for performing one and two way NOVA tests. Information about GSL can be found at the project homepage, @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gsl/}. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License. @end ifnottex @menu * Introduction:: * Motivation:: * Computational Method:: * Functions:: * Examples:: * References and Further Reading:: * GNU Free Documentation License:: * Function Index:: * Concept Index:: @end menu @c %entries not used @c %* Variable Index:: @c %* Type Index:: @node Introduction, Motivation, Top, Top @chapter Introduction ANOVA, or Analysis of Variance, is a method for comparing levels of some continuous response variable between different groups. The main idea is to compare variation within each group to variation between the groups; if the groups vary considerably from one group to another in comparison to the within group variation, we can reject the null hypothesis that all the groups have similar levels of the response variable. TAMU ANOVA contains both single and two factor ANOVA. Use of the package can be facilitated through linking to the compiled library tamuanova. The package function definitions are accessible through @file{tamu_anova.h}. Another option for use of the package is to include the original function definitions in the files @file{anova_1.h} and @file{anova_2.h}. With the use of these files the program must still be linked to the GSL (see GSL documentation on linking and compiling.) @node Motivation, Computational Method, Introduction, Top @chapter Motivation The first reason for creating this package was that, to the best of the programmers' knowledge, there was not an open source package in existence that computed sums of squares correctly in the case of unequal cell sizes. The model for the two-way ANOVA is commonly @math{y_{ijk} = \alpha_i + \beta_j + \gamma{ij} + \epsilon_{ijk}}, but the sums of squares are computed in different ways according to the hypotheses desired to test. This package computes Type III sums of squares, as described in Searle (1987). The Type III Sums of Squares are the only correct sums of squares in the case of unequal cell sizes (but no cells are empty) when the desired hypotheses are as follows: @math{H_o: \alpha_1 = \alpha_2 = ... = \alpha_k = 0} vs. @math{H_a:} at least one @math{\alpha_i \neq 0}, @math{H_o: \beta_1 = \beta_2 = ... = \beta_m = 0} vs. @math{H_a:} at least one @math{\beta_i \neq 0}, and @math{H_o: \gamma_{1,1} = \gamma_{1,2} = ... = \gamma_{k,m}} vs. @math{H_a:} at least one @math{\gamma_{i,j} = 0}. The second reason for creating this package was to calculate F-statistics for models with random and mixed effects as described in Section 4.10 of Sahai and Ageel's book, @i{The Analysis of Variance} (2000). Some packages seem superficially to calculate F-statistics correctly, but upon further investigation, do not actually find the F-statistics recommended by Sahai and Ageel(2000). @node Computational Method, Functions, Motivation, Top @chapter Computational Method The one-way ANOVA tables were computed by the methods described in Devore (2004). First, sums of squares are computed in the usual way (n is the total number of observations, and k is the number of populations in the study): @math{SST = \sum_{i=1}^k \sum_{j=1}^{n_i} (x_{ij} - \bar{x}_{..})^2}, @math{SSM = \sum_{i=1}^k \sum_{j=1}^{n_i} (\bar{x}_{i.} - \bar{x}_{..})^2}, and @math{SSE = \sum_{i=1}^k \sum_{j=1}^{n_i} (x_{ij} - \bar{x}_{i.})^2}. Then the package constructs the ANOVA table as follows: @multitable @columnfractions .15 .1 .1 .2 .2 .25 @item Source: @tab SS: @tab df: @tab MS: @tab F-stat: @tab p-value: @item Model @tab SSM @tab k-1 @tab SSM/k-1 @tab SSM/SSE @tab P(F > F-stat) @item Error @tab SSE @tab n-k @tab SSE/n-k @item Total @tab SST @tab n-1 @tab SST/n-1 @end multitable The two-way models require further computation when the desired hypotheses to be tested are not conditional on the previous factors entered into the model but are the most common (where the model is: @math{y_{ijk} = \mu + \alpha_i + \beta_j + \gamma_{ij} + \epsilon_{ijk}}): @math{H_o: \alpha_1 = \alpha_2 = ... = \alpha_k = 0}, @math{H_o: \beta_1 = \beta_2 = ... = \beta_m = 0}, and @math{H_o: \gamma_{11} = \gamma_{12} = ... = \gamma_{km} = 0}. Note that the hypotheses for the individual factors only hold in the absence of significant interaction. Following Searle (1987), then, the package computes Type III Sums of Squares: @math{SST = \sum_i n_{i.} \bar{y}_{i..}^2 + \sum_{j=1}^{b-1} {\mathaccent 94 \tau}_j r_j}, where for @math{c_{jj} = n_{.j} - \sum_{i=1}^a {n_{ij}^2}/{n_{i.}}}, @math{c_{jj'} = -\sum_{i=1}^a {n_{ij}n_{ij'}}/{n_{i.}}}, and @math{r_j = y_{.j.} - \sum_{i=1}^a n_{ij} \bar{y}_{i..}}, we solve the b-1 linear equations @math{c_{jj} {\mathaccent 94 \tau}_j + \sum_{j'=1, j' \neq j}^{b-1} c_{jj'} {\mathaccent 94 \tau}_{j'} = r_j} for @math{{\mathaccent 94 \tau}_1, {\mathaccent 94 \tau}_2,..., {\mathaccent 94 \tau}_{b-1}}. These computations are only correct in the case that no cells are empty. In the case that some cells are completely empty, the experimenter must use other methods to compute sums of squares, depending on the desired hypotheses. Those methods only are appropriate in the case that the effects are fixed. In the case that the effects are random, the expected values of the mean squares are not the same as for the fixed case, so one uses a different denominator for finding the F-statistics in the ANOVA table. The computation follows the recommendation of Sahai and Ageel (2000): For the random effects model, @math{F_{\alpha} = MS_{\alpha} / MS_{\gamma}} and @math{F_{\beta} = MS_{\beta} / MS_{\gamma}}. For the mixed effects model, @math{F_{\alpha} = MS_{\alpha} / MS_{\gamma}} and @math{F_{\beta} = MS_{\beta} / MSE}. Thus we see that for the mixed effects model, the data must be entered in such a way that the first effect is the fixed effect, while the second effect is the random effect. @node Functions, Structures, Computational Method, Top @chapter Functions @menu * Structures:: * Function Definitions:: @end menu @node Structures, Function Definitions, Functions, Functions @section Structures @b{One way table} @deftypefn {struct tamu_anova_table} @code{struct tamu_anova_table@{ long df_tr, df_err, df_tot; double SSTr, SSE, SST, MSTr, MSE, F, p;@}; } @end deftypefn @* @b{Two way table} @deftypefn {struct tamu_anova_table_twoway} @code{struct tamu_anova_table_twoway @{ long dfA, dfB, dfAB, dfT, dfE; double SSA, MSA, FA, pA, SSB, MSB, FA, pB, SSAB, MSAB, FAB, pAB, SSE, MSE, SST; @}; } @end deftypefn @node Function Definitions, Examples, Structures, Functions @section Function Definitions @deftypefun tamu_anova_table tamu_anova (double @var{data}[],long @var{factor}[], long @var{I}, long @var{J}); @end deftypefun This performs the one way ANOVA and returns a oneway table struct. The arguments are as follows: @enumerate @item data - an array of all data values of type double. @item factor - an array of factor codings for the data. Acceptable values are 1..J with no breaks (I.E. the function does not allow for empty cells). @item I - the length of the data and factor arrays (yes they must be the same length). @item J - The number or factors in the experiment. @end enumerate @deftypefun tamu_anova_table_twoway tamu_anova_twoway (double @var{data}[],long @var{factor}[][2], long @var{I}, long @var{J}[2], enum gsl_anova_twoway_types @var{type} ) @end deftypefun This performs the two way ANOVA and returns a twoway table struct. The arguments are as follows: @enumerate @item data - an array of all data values of type double. @item factor - a I x 2 matrix of type long for factor codings. Essentially an array of ordered pair of the type @{factor A, Factor B@}. Acceptable values for are 1..@math{J_A} for factor A and 1..@math{J_B} for factor B. With no skipped numbers (I.E. the function does not allow for empty cells) @item I - the length of the data and factor arrays (yes they must be the same length). @item J - an array of @{@math{J_A,J_B}@} which tells the function the number of groups for factor A and factor B. @item type - an enumerated variable to tell the function what kind of model to use. This only affects the F and P values. @itemize @item anova_fixed = 0 @item anova_random = 1 @item anova_mixed = 2 @end itemize @end enumerate @node Examples, References and Further Reading, Function Definitions, Top @chapter Examples Here are three examples of how to use the program. They all assume that you have the library installed and are able to link to it without any extra declarations. If this is not the case extra compiler directive may be needed to compile and link properly.@* WARNING: The TAMU ANOVA library must be linked with the GSl libraries, as shown in the examples. The functions in TAMU ANOVA use the gsl and cannot be ran without it. @*@* @b{Example 1: One-way balanced ANOVA} @example #include //Data set from Devore(2004). double data[20] = @{ 88.60,73.20,91.40,68.00,75.20,63.00,53.90,69.20, 50.10,71.50,44.90,59.50,40.20,56.30,38.70,31.00, 39.60,45.30,25.20,22.70 @}; long factor[20]=@{ 1,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,4 @}; int main() @{ struct tamu_anova_table tbl1 = tamu_anova(data,factor,20,4); tamu_anova_printtable(tbl1); return 0; @}; @end example This file would be compiled by the following: @example % gcc -c testfile.c % gcc testfile.o -ltamuanova -lgsl -lgslcbls -lm @end example @*@* @b{Example(2): One-way unbalanced ANOVA} @example #include //Data from Devore(2004) double data[22] = @{ 45.50,45.30,45.40,44.40,44.60,43.90,44.60,44.00,44.20, 43.90,44.70,44.20,44.00,43.80,44.60,43.10,46.00,45.90, 44.80,46.20,45.10,45.50 @}; long factor[22]=@{ 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,3,3 @}; int main() @{ struct tamu_anova_table tbl1 = tamu_anova(data,factor,22,3); tamu_anova_printtable(tbl1); return 0;@}; @end example this example is compiled the same as above @*@* @b{An example of two way unbalanced ANOVA with data from Searle(1987).} @example #include double d[15]=@{ 6,10,11,13,15,14,22,12,15,19,18,31,18,9,12@}; long f[15][2]=@{ @{1,1@}, @{1,1@}, @{1,1@}, @{1,2@}, @{1,2@}, @{1,3@},@{1,3@}, @{2,1@},@{2,1@},@{2,1@},@{2,1@} ,@{2,2@}, @{2,3@},@{2,3@},@{2,3@}@}; int main() @{ struct tamu_anova_table_twoway r; long J[2]=@{2,3@}; r=tamu_anova_twoway(d,f,15,J,0); tamu_anova_printtable_twoway(r); @}; @end example This is compiled the same as above for the one way library linked example. The output is (slightly reformatted from what is printed on the screen): @multitable @columnfractions .1 .17 .1 .2 .2 .25 @item Source: @tab SS: @tab df: @tab MS: @tab F-stat: @tab p-value: @item Factor-A @tab 123.771429 @tab 1 @tab 123.771429 @tab 9.282857 @tab 0.013865 @item Factor-B @tab 192.127660 @tab 2 @tab 96.063830 @tab 7.204787 @tab 0.013546 @item Interact @tab 222.765957 @tab 2 @tab 111.382979 @tab 8.353723 @tab 0.008888 @item Error @tab 120.000000 @tab 9 @tab 13.333333 @item Total @tab 520.000000 @tab 14 @end multitable @node References and Further Reading, GNU Free Documentation License, Examples, Top @chapter References and Further Reading Devore, Jay L. (2004), @i{Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences} (6th ed.), Canada, Brooks/Cole. @*@* Milliken and Johnson (1992), @i{Analysis of Messy Data: Volume I: Designed Experiments}, New York, NY, Van Nostrand Reinhold. @*@* Sahai, Hardeo and Ageel, Mohammed I. (2000), @i{The Analysis of Variance: Fixed, Random, and Mixed Models}, Ann Arbor, MI, Sheridan Books, Inc. @*@* Searle, Shayle R. (1987), @i{Linear Models for Unbalanced Data}, New York, NY, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. @*@* Yandell, Brian S. (1997), @i{Practical Data Analysis for Designed Experiments}, Cornwall, Great Britian, Chapman & Hall. @node GNU Free Documentation License, Function Index, References and Further Reading, Top @unnumbered GNU Free Documentation License @include fdl.texi @node Function Index, Concept Index, GNU Free Documentation License, Top @unnumbered Function Index @printindex fn @c % @node Variable Index, Type Index, Function Index, Top @c % @unnumbered Variable Index @c % @printindex vr @c % @node Type Index, Concept Index, Variable Index, Top @c % @unnumbered Type Index @c % @printindex tp @node Concept Index, , Function Index, Top @unnumbered Concept Index @printindex cp @bye tamu_anova-0.2/autogen.sh0000744000156100017520000000033710336261274012436 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Run this to generate all the auto-generated files needed by the GNU # configure program libtoolize --automake aclocal automake --add-missing --gnu autoconf echo "Now use ./configure --enable-maintainer-mode" tamu_anova-0.2/tamu_anova.info0000644000156100017520000010565710625173274013464 00000000000000This is tamu_anova.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.8 from tamu_anova.texi. INFO-DIR-SECTION Statistics software START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY * tamu_anova: (tamu_anova). TAMU ANOVA extensions to GSL END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY  File: tamu_anova.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir) TAMU_ANOVA ********** This file documents TAMU_ANOVA, a package for the GNU Scientific Library (GSL) containing functions for performing one and two way NOVA tests. Information about GSL can be found at the project homepage, `http://www.gnu.org/software/gsl/'. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License. * Menu: * Introduction:: * Motivation:: * Computational Method:: * Functions:: * Examples:: * References and Further Reading:: * GNU Free Documentation License:: * Function Index:: * Concept Index::  File: tamu_anova.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Motivation, Prev: Top, Up: Top 1 Introduction ************** ANOVA, or Analysis of Variance, is a method for comparing levels of some continuous response variable between different groups. The main idea is to compare variation within each group to variation between the groups; if the groups vary considerably from one group to another in comparison to the within group variation, we can reject the null hypothesis that all the groups have similar levels of the response variable. TAMU ANOVA contains both single and two factor ANOVA. Use of the package can be facilitated through linking to the compiled library tamuanova. The package function definitions are accessible through `tamu_anova.h'. Another option for use of the package is to include the original function definitions in the files `anova_1.h' and `anova_2.h'. With the use of these files the program must still be linked to the GSL (see GSL documentation on linking and compiling.)  File: tamu_anova.info, Node: Motivation, Next: Computational Method, Prev: Introduction, Up: Top 2 Motivation ************ The first reason for creating this package was that, to the best of the programmers' knowledge, there was not an open source package in existence that computed sums of squares correctly in the case of unequal cell sizes. The model for the two-way ANOVA is commonly y_ijk = \alpha_i + \beta_j + \gammaij + \epsilon_ijk, but the sums of squares are computed in different ways according to the hypotheses desired to test. This package computes Type III sums of squares, as described in Searle (1987). The Type III Sums of Squares are the only correct sums of squares in the case of unequal cell sizes (but no cells are empty) when the desired hypotheses are as follows: H_o: \alpha_1 = \alpha_2 = ... = \alpha_k = 0 vs. H_a: at least one \alpha_i \neq 0, H_o: \beta_1 = \beta_2 = ... = \beta_m = 0 vs. H_a: at least one \beta_i \neq 0, and H_o: \gamma_1,1 = \gamma_1,2 = ... = \gamma_k,m vs. H_a: at least one \gamma_i,j = 0. The second reason for creating this package was to calculate F-statistics for models with random and mixed effects as described in Section 4.10 of Sahai and Ageel's book, The Analysis of Variance (2000). Some packages seem superficially to calculate F-statistics correctly, but upon further investigation, do not actually find the F-statistics recommended by Sahai and Ageel(2000).  File: tamu_anova.info, Node: Computational Method, Next: Functions, Prev: Motivation, Up: Top 3 Computational Method ********************** The one-way ANOVA tables were computed by the methods described in Devore (2004). First, sums of squares are computed in the usual way (n is the total number of observations, and k is the number of populations in the study): SST = \sum_i=1^k \sum_j=1^n_i (x_ij - \barx_..)^2, SSM = \sum_i=1^k \sum_j=1^n_i (\barx_i. - \barx_..)^2, and SSE = \sum_i=1^k \sum_j=1^n_i (x_ij - \barx_i.)^2. Then the package constructs the ANOVA table as follows: Source: SS: df: MS: F-stat: p-value: Model SSM k-1 SSM/k-1 SSM/SSE P(F > F-stat) Error SSE n-k SSE/n-k Total SST n-1 SST/n-1 The two-way models require further computation when the desired hypotheses to be tested are not conditional on the previous factors entered into the model but are the most common (where the model is: y_ijk = \mu + \alpha_i + \beta_j + \gamma_ij + \epsilon_ijk): H_o: \alpha_1 = \alpha_2 = ... = \alpha_k = 0, H_o: \beta_1 = \beta_2 = ... = \beta_m = 0, and H_o: \gamma_11 = \gamma_12 = ... = \gamma_km = 0. Note that the hypotheses for the individual factors only hold in the absence of significant interaction. Following Searle (1987), then, the package computes Type III Sums of Squares: SST = \sum_i n_i. \bary_i..^2 + \sum_j=1^b-1 \mathaccent 94 \tau_j r_j, where for c_jj = n_.j - \sum_i=1^a n_ij^2/n_i., c_jj' = -\sum_i=1^a n_ijn_ij'/n_i., and r_j = y_.j. - \sum_i=1^a n_ij \bary_i.., we solve the b-1 linear equations c_jj \mathaccent 94 \tau_j + \sum_j'=1, j' \neq j^b-1 c_jj' \mathaccent 94 \tau_j' = r_j for \mathaccent 94 \tau_1, \mathaccent 94 \tau_2,..., \mathaccent 94 \tau_b-1. These computations are only correct in the case that no cells are empty. In the case that some cells are completely empty, the experimenter must use other methods to compute sums of squares, depending on the desired hypotheses. Those methods only are appropriate in the case that the effects are fixed. In the case that the effects are random, the expected values of the mean squares are not the same as for the fixed case, so one uses a different denominator for finding the F-statistics in the ANOVA table. The computation follows the recommendation of Sahai and Ageel (2000): For the random effects model, F_\alpha = MS_\alpha / MS_\gamma and F_\beta = MS_\beta / MS_\gamma. For the mixed effects model, F_\alpha = MS_\alpha / MS_\gamma and F_\beta = MS_\beta / MSE. Thus we see that for the mixed effects model, the data must be entered in such a way that the first effect is the fixed effect, while the second effect is the random effect.  File: tamu_anova.info, Node: Functions, Next: Structures, Prev: Computational Method, Up: Top 4 Functions *********** * Menu: * Structures:: * Function Definitions::  File: tamu_anova.info, Node: Structures, Next: Function Definitions, Prev: Functions, Up: Functions 4.1 Structures ============== One way table -- struct tamu_anova_table: `struct tamu_anova_table{ long df_tr, df_err, df_tot; double SSTr, SSE, SST, MSTr, MSE, F, p;}; ' Two way table -- struct tamu_anova_table_twoway: `struct tamu_anova_table_twoway { long dfA, dfB, dfAB, dfT, dfE; double SSA, MSA, FA, pA, SSB, MSB, FA, pB, SSAB, MSAB, FAB, pAB, SSE, MSE, SST; }; '  File: tamu_anova.info, Node: Function Definitions, Next: Examples, Prev: Structures, Up: Functions 4.2 Function Definitions ======================== -- Function: tamu_anova_table tamu_anova (double DATA[],long FACTOR[], long I, long J); This performs the one way ANOVA and returns a oneway table struct. The arguments are as follows: 1. data - an array of all data values of type double. 2. factor - an array of factor codings for the data. Acceptable values are 1..J with no breaks (I.E. the function does not allow for empty cells). 3. I - the length of the data and factor arrays (yes they must be the same length). 4. J - The number or factors in the experiment. -- Function: tamu_anova_table_twoway tamu_anova_twoway (double DATA[],long FACTOR[][2], long I, long J[2], enum gsl_anova_twoway_types TYPE ) This performs the two way ANOVA and returns a twoway table struct. The arguments are as follows: 1. data - an array of all data values of type double. 2. factor - a I x 2 matrix of type long for factor codings. Essentially an array of ordered pair of the type {factor A, Factor B}. Acceptable values for are 1..J_A for factor A and 1..J_B for factor B. With no skipped numbers (I.E. the function does not allow for empty cells) 3. I - the length of the data and factor arrays (yes they must be the same length). 4. J - an array of {J_A,J_B} which tells the function the number of groups for factor A and factor B. 5. type - an enumerated variable to tell the function what kind of model to use. This only affects the F and P values. * anova_fixed = 0 * anova_random = 1 * anova_mixed = 2  File: tamu_anova.info, Node: Examples, Next: References and Further Reading, Prev: Function Definitions, Up: Top 5 Examples ********** Here are three examples of how to use the program. They all assume that you have the library installed and are able to link to it without any extra declarations. If this is not the case extra compiler directive may be needed to compile and link properly. WARNING: The TAMU ANOVA library must be linked with the GSl libraries, as shown in the examples. The functions in TAMU ANOVA use the gsl and cannot be ran without it. Example 1: One-way balanced ANOVA #include //Data set from Devore(2004). double data[20] = { 88.60,73.20,91.40,68.00,75.20,63.00,53.90,69.20, 50.10,71.50,44.90,59.50,40.20,56.30,38.70,31.00, 39.60,45.30,25.20,22.70 }; long factor[20]={ 1,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,4 }; int main() { struct tamu_anova_table tbl1 = tamu_anova(data,factor,20,4); tamu_anova_printtable(tbl1); return 0; }; This file would be compiled by the following: % gcc -c testfile.c % gcc testfile.o -ltamuanova -lgsl -lgslcbls -lm Example(2): One-way unbalanced ANOVA #include //Data from Devore(2004) double data[22] = { 45.50,45.30,45.40,44.40,44.60,43.90,44.60,44.00,44.20, 43.90,44.70,44.20,44.00,43.80,44.60,43.10,46.00,45.90, 44.80,46.20,45.10,45.50 }; long factor[22]={ 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,3,3 }; int main() { struct tamu_anova_table tbl1 = tamu_anova(data,factor,22,3); tamu_anova_printtable(tbl1); return 0;}; this example is compiled the same as above An example of two way unbalanced ANOVA with data from Searle(1987). #include double d[15]={ 6,10,11,13,15,14,22,12,15,19,18,31,18,9,12}; long f[15][2]={ {1,1}, {1,1}, {1,1}, {1,2}, {1,2}, {1,3},{1,3}, {2,1},{2,1},{2,1},{2,1} ,{2,2}, {2,3},{2,3},{2,3}}; int main() { struct tamu_anova_table_twoway r; long J[2]={2,3}; r=tamu_anova_twoway(d,f,15,J,0); tamu_anova_printtable_twoway(r); }; This is compiled the same as above for the one way library linked example. The output is (slightly reformatted from what is printed on the screen): Source: SS: df: MS: F-stat: p-value: Factor-A123.771429 1 123.771429 9.282857 0.013865 Factor-B192.127660 2 96.063830 7.204787 0.013546 Interact222.765957 2 111.382979 8.353723 0.008888 Error 120.000000 9 13.333333 Total 520.000000 14  File: tamu_anova.info, Node: References and Further Reading, Next: GNU Free Documentation License, Prev: Examples, Up: Top 6 References and Further Reading ******************************** Devore, Jay L. (2004), Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences (6th ed.), Canada, Brooks/Cole. Milliken and Johnson (1992), Analysis of Messy Data: Volume I: Designed Experiments, New York, NY, Van Nostrand Reinhold. Sahai, Hardeo and Ageel, Mohammed I. (2000), The Analysis of Variance: Fixed, Random, and Mixed Models, Ann Arbor, MI, Sheridan Books, Inc. Searle, Shayle R. (1987), Linear Models for Unbalanced Data, New York, NY, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. Yandell, Brian S. (1997), Practical Data Analysis for Designed Experiments, Cornwall, Great Britian, Chapman & Hall.  File: tamu_anova.info, Node: GNU Free Documentation License, Next: Function Index, Prev: References and Further Reading, Up: Top GNU Free Documentation License ****************************** Version 1.2, November 2002 Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. 0. PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law. A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none. The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition. The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License. 2. VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. 4. MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you from this requirement. C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History" in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements." 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate. 8. TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual title. 9. TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See `http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/'. Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents ---------------------------------------------------- To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page: Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the "with...Texts." line with this: with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software.  File: tamu_anova.info, Node: Function Index, Next: Concept Index, Prev: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Top Function Index ************** [index] * Menu: * : Structures. (line 9) * tamu_anova: Function Definitions. (line 8) * tamu_anova_twoway: Function Definitions. (line 24)  File: tamu_anova.info, Node: Concept Index, Prev: Function Index, Up: Top Concept Index ************* [index] * Menu: * FDL, GNU Free Documentation License: GNU Free Documentation License. (line 6)  Tag Table: Node: Top234 Node: Introduction915 Node: Motivation1928 Node: Computational Method3374 Node: Functions6250 Node: Structures6426 Node: Function Definitions6949 Node: Examples8696 Node: References and Further Reading11504 Node: GNU Free Documentation License12298 Node: Function Index34736 Node: Concept Index35127  End Tag Table